차	례

제 1 장 인칭대명사, be동사	5
제 2 장 명사, 관사, 수량형용사, 조수사	27
제 3 장 일반동사	47
제 4 장 조동사	90
제 5 장 빈도부사, 재귀대명사, 부정대명사	115
제 6 장 비인칭주어(It), 유도부사(There)	128
제 7 장 명령문, 감탄문	140
제 8 장 접속사, 전치사	158
제 9 장 의문사, 부가의문문, 부정의문문	188
제 10 장 현재진행형, 과거진행형, 현재완료	237
제 11 장 기수, 서수, 요일, 달, 시각	259
제 12 장 수여동사, 사역동사	288
제 13 장 비교급, 최상급	297
제 14 장 부정사, 동명사	312
제 15 장 수동태	329

최강영문법 초급

최강영어

제 1 장 인칭대명사, be동사

제 1 장 인칭대명사, be동사

1. 인칭대명사란? 사람, 사물, 동물을 대신해서 나타내는 말로, 말하는 사람「나」를 1인칭, 말을 듣는 상대방「당신」을 2인칭, 그리고 그 이외「제 3자」를 모두 3인칭이라 한다.

인칭 격		주격	소유격	목적격	소유대명사
		～는, 가	～의	～을, 를	～의 것
단수	1인칭	I	my	me	mine
	2인칭	you	your	you	yours
	3인칭	he	his	him	his
		she	her	her	hers
		it	its	it	-
복수	1인칭	we	our	us	ours
	2인칭	you	your	you	yours
	3인칭	they	their	them	theirs

(1) 주격, 소유격, 목적격, 소유대명사
① 주격 + 동사 (문장의 주어)	․ Sora and I are friends. → We are friends. ․ You and Sora are pretty. → You are pretty. ․ You and I are tall. → We are tall. ․ Inho and Minho are kind. → They are kind. ․ This is a pen. → It is a pen.
② 소유격 + 명사 (사물의 소유)	․ This is dog. (X) ․ This is my. (X) ․ This is my dog. (O) ․ I like his sister. (O)
③ 일반동사 + 목적격 (동사의 대상)	․ I like Sora. → I like her. ․ I like Sora and Mike. → I like them.
④ be + 소유대명사 (소유격 + 명사)	․ That is my book. = That book is mine. (mine → my book)

(2) be동사의 현재형은 주어의 인칭과 수에 따라 am, are, is로 쓰인다.
주어가 1인칭 단수일 때는 am	주어가 2인칭일 때는 are
주어가 3인칭 단수일 때는 is	주어가 복수일 때는 항상 are

․ I am a middle student.	․ You are Korean.

․ My father is a teacher.	․ Kiho and Homin are friends.

(3) be동사의 의미

① be동사 + 명사 / 형용사: ～이다, ～하다

② be동사 + 장소를 나타내는 단어: ～가 있다

․ He is a teacher. (～이다)	․ He is honest. (～하다)

․ Five apples are in the box. (～가 있다)

(4) 줄여 쓰기 I am → I'm am not → amn't(X)	You are → You're are not → aren't	He is → He's She is → She's It is → It's
They are → They're	That is → That's This is → This's (X)	is not → isn't

(5) be동사의 부정문은 be동사 뒤에 not을 쓴다. (～ 아니다)

․ I am a boy. → I am not a boy.	․ She is kind. → She isn't kind.

(6) be동사의 의문문은 be동사를 주어 앞에 쓰며 (～ 입니까?) 대답은

- 긍정일 때: Yes, 주어 + be동사

- 부정일 때: No, 주어 + be동사 + not

․ You are kind.

→ Are you kind? - Yes, I am. / No, I'm not.

․ Tom is a student.

→ Is Tom a student? - Yes, he is. / No, he isn't.

․ Tom and Mike are good friends.

→ Are Tom and Mike good friends? - Yes, they are. / No, they aren't.

다음 표의 빈칸을 채우시오.

인칭 격		주격	소유격	목적격	소유대명사
		～는, 가	～의	～을, 를	～의 것
단수	1인칭
	2인칭
	3인칭
복수	1인칭
	2인칭
	3인칭

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 보기에서 고르시오.

ⓐ 주격 ⓑ 소유격 ⓒ목적격 ⓓ 소유대명사

_____는(은) 문장의 주인 역할을 하며 문장 맨 앞에 온다.

_____는(은) 혼자 쓰일 수도 있으며 동사의 대상으로 일반동사 뒤에 온다.

_____는(은) 혼자 쓰이며 해석은 ‘～의 것’으로 되며 be동사 뒤에 온다.

_____는(은) 혼자 쓰일 수 없으며 명사와 함께 쓰인다.

※ 다음 밑줄친 be동사의 뜻을 쓰시오.

He is a teacher.

He is honest.

Five apples are in the box.

다음 줄임말을 쓸 수 없는 것을 모두 고르시오.

ⓐ I am	ⓑ am not	ⓒ You are	ⓓ are not	ⓔ He is

ⓕ She is	ⓖ It is	ⓗ They are	ⓘ This is	ⓙ is not

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

be동사의 부정문은 be동사 뒤에 _______을 쓴다.

be동사의 의문문은 be동사를 _______ 앞에 쓴다.

※ 다음 밑줄친 부분을 대명사로 고치시오.

My father is a teacher.

Jane is Tom's sister.

Your friends love Chanho Park.

The doll is hers.

You and I are farmers.

He and I are good boys.

You and she are pretty girls.

They and I are football players.

You and they are students.

Tom and Jerry are friends.

Mr. Kim is her uncle.

Mrs. Jones teaches English.

Mr. and Mrs. Kim are my parents.

Ms. Song is Minho's teacher.

You, she and I are good friends.

Dogs, cats and cows are lovely animals.

This cup is his and that glass is mine.

These boxes are very heavy.

Tom, Jane and I are middle school students.

That dog and these two cats are his.

Are Mina and Misuk sisters?

Her father is very busy.

※ 다음 괄호 안에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

This is (I, my, me, mine) book.

Is this (you, your, yours) car?

That is (he, his, him) house.

(She, Her, Hers) children are in the living room.

This hat is (I, my, me, mine).

(My, Me, Mine) shoes are white, but (you, your, yours) are blue.

(He, His, Him) house is very big.

(I, My, Me, Mine) is Kim Mina.

(I, My, Me, Mine) name is Kim Mina.

(He, His, Him) does (he, his, him) homework.

(They, Their, Them, Theirs) like (they, their, them, theirs) dogs.

Grandma loves (they, their, them, theirs) very much.

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 be동사를 쓰시오.

I ______ a student.

You ______ my English teacher.

He ______ Tom Brown.

She ______ a pretty girl.

Tom ______ a middle school student.

His name ______ Jimmy.

You ______ a kind boy.

It ______ on the table.

They ______ my friends.

We ______ Korean.

You and I ______ happy.

Her father ______ a pilot.

Dogs ______ under the chair.

Jane ______ his sister.

These roses in the garden ______ ours.

That ______ our house.

Her brothers ______ good doctors.

His sisters ______ good nurses.

It ______ very hot today.

Those shoes ______ mine.

Tom and Bob ______ from America.

This ______ his room.

Our parents ______ honest and diligent.

Her mother ______ a good cook.

The moon ______ in the sky at night.

That man at the bus stop ______ my uncle.

Your pencil ______ under the bed.

The cups on the table ______ red.

My partner ______ in the PC room.

These ______ very popular books.

Those ______ beautiful paintings.

※ 다음 주어진 문장을 지시대로 쓰시오. (의문문의 대답은 주어진 말로 쓰시오.)

You are a teacher.

부정문:

의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

You and I are good friends.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

Tony is a football player.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

These pencils are his.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

Her eyes are very pretty.

부정문:

의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

His first name is Mansu.

부정문:

의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

This is an English book.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

Those are your books.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

Jane is my neighbor.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

She is from Korea.

부정문:

의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

I am your good friend.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

This is Susan's father. ________ is a businessman.

This is Susan's mother. _______ is a fashion designer.

He is Susan's brother. _______ name is Peter.

Susan has a dog. _______ name is Sandy.

※ 다음 괄호 안에 주어진 말을 이용해 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

______ name is U-ram. (he)

______ name is Nari. (I)

______ name is Susan. (she)

Where is _______ hometown? (you)

_______ aunt lives in Seoul. (they)

_______ English teacher is Ms. Han. (We)

This is my house. _______ roof is red. (It)

I like _______ very much. (he)

I like _______ very much. (she)

I like _______ very much. (they)

※ 다음 짝지어진 두 단어의 관계가 다른 것은?

① I - my	② you - your	③ he - him

④ she - her	⑤ it - its

① I - mines	② you - yours	③ he - his

④ she - hers	⑤ they - theirs

① I - me	② you - you	③ she - her

④ we - our	⑤ they - them

다음 줄임말이 어색한 것은?

① I am = I'm	② You are = You're	③ It is = Its

④ is not = isn't	⑤ are not = aren't

다음 밑줄친 부분이 어색한 것은?

① I amn't a boy.	② You're a student.	③ They're teachers.

④ He isn't Tom.	⑤ She's a nurse.

다음 빈칸에 not이 들어갈 곳은?

① He ② is ③ from ④ Korea ⑤.

다음 밑줄친 부분을 줄여 쓸 수 없는 것은?

① I am a student.	② This is a book.	③ You are a teacher.

④ That is a cat.	⑤ They are good doctors.

※ 다음 빈칸에 순서대로 알맞은 것을 고르시오.

․ I _____ thirteen.	․ You _____ a teacher.	․ He _____ my father.

① am - are - is	② are - is - am	③ are - is - is

④ is - are - is	⑤ is - is - are

․ She ______ my mother.

․ Jane and you ______ my friends.

․ Mike ______ my brother.

① am - are - is	② are - is - am	③ are - is - is

④ is - are - is	⑤ is - is - are

․ My brother ______ a student.

․ Your sister ______ a student, too.

․ My brother and your sister ______ students.

① am - are - is	② are - is - am	③ are - is - is

④ is - are - is	⑤ is - is - are

․ This is Mr. Kim. ______ my teacher.

․ This is Ms. Lee. ______ my English teacher.

① He - She	② She - He	③ His - Her

④ He is - She is	⑤ She is - He is

다음 빈칸에 들어갈 말이 다른 하나는?

① She ______ Mrs. Brown.	② My mother ______ pretty.

③ ______ he a doctor?	④ This ______ my friend, Jane.

⑤ They ______ my friends.

※ 다음 대화의 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

A: Do you know Mrs. Smith?

B: Sorry, I don't know _______.

① she	② her	③ he	④ his	⑤ him

A: I can't find my books!

B: _______ are under your desk.

① They	② Them	③ Their	④ Theirs	⑤ There

A: Do you like apples?

B: Of course. I love _______.

① us	② him	③ hers	④ its	⑤ them

A: How is your father?

B: _______ fine. Thanks.

① He	② His	③ He's	④ She	⑤ She's

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

Ms Kim ________ my teacher.

① am	② is	③ are	④ be	⑤ 필요 없음

She and I are good friends. _______ are students.

① They	② We	③ He	④ You	⑤ I

_______ is my brother.

① I	② You	③ Mike	④ They	⑤ We

We _______ happy.

① is	② are	③ am	④ has	⑤ have

My dog, Bonggu _______ fat and ugly.

① is	② are	③ am	④ has	⑤ have

The boy _______ a dog.

① is	② are	③ am	④ has	⑤ have

Alex, Danny and I _______ happy.

① is	② are	③ am	④ has	⑤ have

Where _______ your friend from?

① is	② are	③ am	④ has	⑤ have

I have a cat. _______ name is Na-bi.

① He	② She	③ Her	④ It	⑤ They

Min-su, this is Cathy. _________ a new student from America.

① She	② She's	③ He	④ He's	⑤ His

I'm Susan. This is Paul. _________ are good friends.

① You	② He	③ They	④ I	⑤ We

Today is my sister's birthday. I bought a cap for _______.

① she	② her	③ hers	④ he	⑤ his

※ 다음 빈칸에 들어갈 수 없는 것을 고르시오.

_______ is very handsome.

① You	② He	③ That boy	④ John	⑤ My brother

Is _______ tall?

① Mr. Bell	② Minsu	③ your sister

④ their father	⑤ Mr. and Mrs. Song

She is _______.

① Mr. Brown	② Mrs. Kim	③ Miss Lee

④ very pretty	⑤ Ms. Song

Is this _______ book?

① a	② his	③ your	④ hers	⑤ my

_______ likes bananas.

① Their	② Mike	③ His son	④ The boy	⑤ The monkey

I invite _______ for dinner on Saturday.

① her	② Jane	③ his	④ them	⑤ my parents

Jane plays baseball with _______.

① them	② his	③ her	④ him	⑤ Mike

※ 다음 문장이 올바른 것을 고르시오.

① It are a book.	② This's his sister.

③ That boy is my friend.	④ Is your brother tall.

⑤ They apples and oranges.

① His father are a doctor.	② This is he school.

③ These is her book.	④ Its is my school.

⑤ Her daughter is Mary.

① This is my uncle. His name are Tom Smith.

② Tom is a student. He is my friend.

③ Jack is my brother. She is a student.

④ This is my mother. They is a teacher.

⑤ That is my father. He name is John

다음 주어진 문장의 의미와 같은 것은?

․ I'm Tom.

① Hello, Tom.	② I'm a student.	③ This is Tom.

④ My name is Tom.	⑤ This is my friend, Tom.

다음 문장이 어색한 것은?

① Sora is my partner.	② Sumi is my good friend.

③ My name is Davy Brown.	④ Miss Kim is his teacher.

⑤ Your are middle school teacher.

다음 밑줄친 부분의 쓰임이 다른 것은?

① That girl is Judy.	② Is that boy your friend?

③ That glove is nice.	④ That is your computer.

⑤ What's that flower?

다음 밑줄친 부분을 대신하는 말로 어색한 것은?

① My father is a pilot. (He)	② Your sister is a doctor. (She)

③ The dog is cute. (It)	④ You and Katie are students. (You)

⑤ Mike and Jane are good friends. (We)

※ 다음 밑줄친 부분을 대신하는 말로 알맞은 것을 고르시오.

The students like music.

① He	② She	③ We	④ They	⑤ His

I love my sister.

① he	② him	③ her	④ them	⑤ us

※ 다음 밑줄친 부분이 어색한 것을 고르시오.

① You're my students.	② I'm Korean.

③ This's my book.	④ She's my best friend.

⑤ They're your drivers.

① I amn't fourteen.	② Those aren't his books.

③ This isn't a cat.	④ What's this?

⑤ Ms. Smith's from America.

① Sora is my partner.	② Susan is my good friend.

③ My name is Linda Brown.	④ Ms. Brown is my teacher.

⑤ My am a middle school student.

다음 밑줄친 부분의 쓰임과 다른 하나는?

① I meet her every day.	② This is her cat, Kitty.

③ Her house is very large.	④ I like her mother very much.

⑤ Her family name is Smith.

다음 짝지어진 대화가 어색한 것은?

① A: Is he a doctor?	B: Yes, he is.

② A: Is that a bird?	B: No, that isn't.

③ A: Is this a desk?	B: Yes, it is.

④ A: Are they tall?	B: No, they aren't.

⑤ A: Is Mr. Park nice?	B: Yes, he is.

※ 다음 두 문장이 같도록 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

She is Kim Mina. = _______ name is Kim Mina.

My name is Park Minho. = _______ am Park Minho.

He is Park Minho. = _______ name is Park Minho.

I'm Susan's brother. = Susan is _______ sister.

This is my bag. = This bag is _______.

That is your pencil case. = That pencil case is _______.

This is his kite. = This kite is _______.

This is our classroom. = This classroom is _______.

Those are her notebooks. = Those notebooks are _______.

These are their dolls. = These dolls are _______.

※ 다음 두 문장을 한 문장으로 할 때 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

He is a student. She is a student, too.

→ _______ are students.

I am a student. You are a student, too.

→ _______ are boys.

You are a teacher. She is a teacher, too.

→ _______ are teachers.

It is a dog. It is a cat.

→ _______ _______ animals.

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

It belongs to you. It's _______.

It belongs to me. It's _______.

It belongs to my uncle. It's _______.

It belongs to my sister. It's _______.

It belongs to Mr. and Mrs. Brown. It's _______.

It belongs to him and his wife. It's _______.

It belongs to me and my wife. It's _______.

※ 다음 밑줄친 부분이 어색한 것을 고르시오.

Hans ①is my friend. ②He is very tall. Jane is ③her sister. ④She is tall, too. They ⑤are very tall.

We like our names. I like ①my name. You like ②your name. But Mira doesn't like ③her name. Inho doesn't like ④his name. They don‘t like ⑤theirs names.

Hello, everyone. ①My name am Kim Min-su. ②I am 13 years old. ③I'm from Daejeon. ④It's special day today. ⑤This is my first day in middle school. I am excited now.

※ 다음 대화의 빈칸에 알맞은 것을 고르시오.

A: _______________________

B: Yes, I am. I'm from Seoul.

① I'm Nari.	② I'm a student.	③ I'm from Korea.

④ Are you Korean?	⑤ Are you from Busan?

A: Hey, Kate. How are you?

B: Fine, thanks. You know what? I have a new pet now.

A: Really? Is it a cat?

B: _________ It's a pig.

① Yes, I am.	② No, I am not.	③ Yes, it is.

④ No, it isn't.	⑤ No, it is.

※ 다음 대화의 빈칸에 순서대로 알맞은 것을 고르시오.

Minho: Is this your CD player?

Linda: _________ It's my brother's

Minho: Is that your cap?

Minho: _________ I like it.

① No it isn't. - Yes, it is.	② Yes, it is. - No it isn't.

③ No he isn't. - Yes, it is.	④ No he isn't. - Yes, he is.

⑤ Yes, he is. - No, it isn't.

Teacher: Good morning, class.

class: Good morning, ma'am.

Teacher: _________ Ms. Brown. I`m _________ English teacher.

class: Hi. Ms. Brown. Glad to meet you.

Teacher: Glad to meet you, too.

① I'm - your	② I - you	③ You're - my

④ You - my	⑤ My - your

In-ho: Hi. Are you my partner?

Susan: _________ I'm Susan. What's your name?

In-ho: I'm In-ho. Nice to meet you, Susan.

Susan: Nice to meet you, too.

In-ho: Where _________ from?

Susan: I'm from New York.

① No, I am not. - are you	② Yes, I am. - you are

③ Yes, I am. - are you	④ Yes, you are - you are

⑤ Yes, you are - are you

A: Is this yours?

B: No, it's not ________.

A: Is that yours?

B: Yes, it's _______.

① mine - mine	② yours - yours	③ yours - mine

④ mine - yours	⑤ my - your

다음 대화의 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오. [3 단어]

In-ho: This is my dad.

Susan: Is he a police officer?

In-ho: _______________ He's a pilot.

다음 대화의 빈칸에 공통으로 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

In-ho: What's _________ name?

Susan: _________ name's Peter.

※ 다음 글의 빈칸에 순서대로 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

Hello. My _________ is Linda Brown. I'm an English teacher. _________ from Toronto, Canada. Glad to meet you.

I have a new friend. _________ name is Mike. _________ is from America. He has blue eyes and short hair.

다음 글의 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

Hello! This is my dog, June. She has small ears, a small nose, and a big mouth. She has big black eyes. She has short legs. She has brown hair. She is my best friend. I love _________ very much.

※ 다음 대화를 읽고 물음에 답하시오.

NA-RI: Excuse me. Are you A-ram?

U-RAM: ⓐ_________ I'm U-ram. A-ram is my sister.

NA-RI: Oh, I'm sorry.

U-ram: That's OK. What's your name?

NA-Ri: ⓑ_________ is Na-ri.

U-RAM: Nice to meet you, Na-ri.

NA-RI: Nice to meet you, too.

위 대화의 빈칸 ⓐ에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오. [3 단어]

위 대화의 빈칸 ⓑ에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오. [2 단어]

※ 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오.

This is my family. They are my father, my mother, my brother, and my sister. Mi-na is my sister. _______ is very pretty. My brother, John, is very tall.

위 글의 빈칸에 알맞은 것은?

① He	② She	③ They	④ We	⑤ You

위 글의 제목으로 알맞은 것은?

① My Brother	② My Family	③ My Album

④ My Sister	⑤ My Father

※ 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오.

Bob's father and mother live in the city. ⓐ_______ house is on a busy street. ⓑ_______ have only one child. ⓒ_______ mother always says, "Be careful on the street." Bob says, "All right. I will be careful."

위 글의 빈칸 ⓐ에 알맞은 말은?

① His	② Her	③ My	④ Their	⑤ Our

위 글의 빈칸 ⓑ에 알맞은 말은?

① We	② I	③ She	④ They	⑤He

위 글의 빈칸 ⓒ에 알맞은 말은?

① Her	② His	③ My	④ Our	⑤ Their

※ 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오.

This is my family picture. My father is forty-two. He is a pilot. He is very handsome. My mother is thirty-nine. She is a homemaker. She is hard-working. My sister Yuri is eleven. She is in the fourth grade. This is our house. It's very nice. _______ are very happy.

Is Inho's mother a fashion designer?

① Yes, he is.	② No, he isn't.	③ Yes, she is.

④ No, she isn't.	⑤ I don't know.

Is Inho's sister in the fourth grade?

① Yes, he is.	② No, he isn't.	③ Yes, she is.

④ No, she isn't.	⑤ I don't know.

위 글의 빈칸에 알맞은 것은?

① I	② You	③ He	④ She	⑤ We

제 2 장 명사, 관사, 수량형용사, 조수사

제 2 장 명사, 관사, 수량형용사, 조수사

1. 명사는 사람, 생물, 사물, 장소 따위의 이름을 나타내는 말이다.

(1) 셀 수 있는 명사는 단수형과 복수형이 있다.

단수 일 때 a(an)과 함께 쓰이며, 복수 일 때 a(an)을 안 쓰고 대신 단수형 어미에 -s(es)를 붙인다. 하지만, 그렇지 않은 불규칙변화도 있다.

․ a book → two books	․ a watch → many watches

․ man - men	․ goose - geese	․ foot - feet

․ tooth - teeth	․ mouse - mice	․ child - children

(2) 복수형 만드는 방법
대부분의 경우	단수형 어미에 -s	book - books
s,sh,ch,x,o로 끝나는 경우	단수형 어미에 -es	bus - buses
자음 + y로 끝나는 경우	y를 i로 바꾸고 -es	city - cities
f, fe로 끝나는 경우	f, fe를 v로 고치고 -es	leaf - leaves
[비교] monkeys, pianos, radios, roofs
※ 단수와 복수의 형태가 같은 명사 - sheep, fish... ※ 항상 복수형으로 쓰이는 명사 - glasses, shoes, boots. trousers, pants, gloves, socks, scissors...

(3) 명사의 격 - 명사도 대명사처럼 주격, 소유격, 목적격, 소유대명사가 있다.
주격		소유격	목적격		소유대명사
～는, 가		～의	～을, 를		～의 것
Mike		Mike's	Mike		Mike's
(4) 명사의 소유격 만드는 방법
단수명사(생물)	명사 → -‘s			Minho's book
복수명사(생물)	s로 끝나는 것 → -‘			my sisters' books
무생물	→ of + 명사			the legs of the table

2. 관사는 명사와 함께 쓰이며, 정관사 the와 부정관사 a/an이 있다.

(1) 부정관사

부정관사 a/an은 단수 명사와 함께 쓰이며 발음이 모음으로 시작되는 명사 앞에는 an을 쓴다.(모음: a, e, i, o, u)

․ He is a boy.	․ He is an honest boy. [비교] He is a honest. (X)

(2) 정관사

정관사 the는 단수, 복수에 모두 쓰인다. 한번 나온 명사가 다시 나올 때, 명사가 한정될 때, 유일한 명사 앞에 붙인다.

․ I have a book. The book is interesting.

․ The book on the desk is mine.

․ The earth moves round the sun.

[비교] I play basketball after school. / I play the piano very well.

[참고] 관사는 소유격과 함께 쓰이지 않는다.

․ She is a my sister. (X) → ․ She is my sister. (O)

․ I have a brothers. (X) → ․ I have a brother. (O) ․ I have brothers. (O)

․ His name is a Mike (X) ․ His name is Mike (O)

․ They like the book. (O) ․ They like the books. (O)

3. 수량형용사

	셀 수 있는 명사	셀 수 없는 명사
많은	a lot of = lots of
	many	much
조금 있는	a few	a little
	some
거의 없는	few	little

․ I have a lot of apples. (a lot of = many)

․ I have lots of time. (lots of = much)

․ I have some books. (some = a few)

․ I have some money. (some = a little)

․ I have few friends.	․ I have little time.

4. 조수사

명사는 크게 셀 수 있는 명사와 셀 수 없는 명사 두 가지가 있다.

셀 수 없는 명사는 단, 복수 구별이 없으므로 복수형도 쓰지 않으며 관사도 붙지 않는다. 다만, 수량형용사나 조수사(단위명사)를 이용하여 나타낸다.

종이 한 장	a piece of paper
안경 하나	a pair of glasses
커피 한 잔	a cup of coffee
오렌지 주스 한 병	a bottle of orange juice
우유 한 잔	a glass of milk
빵 한 덩어리	a loaf of bread
케이크 한 조각	a piece of cake
치즈 한 장	a slice of cheese
치즈 한 덩어리	a lump of cheese
비누 한 장	a cake of soap
설탕 한 파운드	a pound of sugar
참치 통조림 하나	a can of tuna fish
양말 한 켤레	a pair of socks

[참고] ․ two pieces of paper (종이 2장)

[참고] ․ a pair of + 항상 짝을 이루는 명사

․ a pair of socks (shoes, pants, scissors, glasses, sneakers, gloves...)

다음 단어의 복수형을 쓰시오.

(1) apple	(2) baby

(3) bench	(4) box

(5) boy	(6) candy

(7) child	(8) glass

(9) history	(10) holiday

(11) dish	(12) fish

(13) leaf	(14) man

(15) mouse	(16) radio

(17) watch	(18) wife

(19) foot	(20) tooth

다음 a, an, x(필요없음) 중 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

(1) ___ old	(2) ___ book

(3) ___ old book	(4) ___ window

(5) ___ airport	(6) ___ America

(7) ___ farmer	(8) ___ policeman

(9) ___ old	(10) ___ Sujin

(11) ___ England	(12) ___ airplane

(13) ___ computer	(14) ___ too

(15) ___ and	(16) ___ interesting book

(17) ___ week	(18) ___ month

(19) ___ movie	(20) ___ your

(21) ___ apple	(22) ___ actor

(23) ___ dictionary	(24) ___ engineer

(25) ___ elementary school student	(26) ___ small

(27) ___ island	(28) ___ year

(29) ___ pretty	(30) ___ favorite

(31) ___ ant	(32) __ insect

(33) ___ river	(34) ___ X-ray

(35) ___ SOS	(36) ___ this dog

(37) ___ pet	(38) ___ dogs

(39) ___ university	(40) ___ umbrella

(41) ___ hour	(42) ___ cute

(43) ___ ugly	(44) ___ album

(45) ___ elevator	(46) ___ shoes

(47) ___ office	(48) ___ ox

(49) ___ my desk	(50) ___ uniform

(51) ___ bag	(52) ___ class

(53) ___ stories	(54) ___ journey

(55) ___ eagle	(56) ___ arrow

(57) ___ the corner	(58) ___ UFO

(59) ___ idea	(60) ___ museum

(61) ___ restaurant	(62) ___ honest boy

(63) ___ two students	(64) ___ easy question

(65) ___ thousand won	(66) ___ good idea

(67) ___ those	(68) ___ yellow umbrella

(69) ___ orange bag	(70) ___ her aunt

(71) ___ small town	(72) ___ beautiful parks

(73) ___ many trees	(74) ___ ugly face

(75) ___ new English teacher	(76) ___ English teacher

(77) ___ children

※ 다음 빈칸을 a, an, the, x 중 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

This is his ____ phone number.

____ milk is good for you.

I have ____ question.

What is ____ name of the next station?

I went to ____ sea during my summer vacation.

This is Bob. He's ____ doctor.

Peter is _____ engineer.

Leonardo di Caprio is ____ actor.

Mr. Smith is ____ teacher.

My uncle is ____ police officer.

Albert Einstein was ____ famous scientist.

He was born in ____ Seoul in 1988.

My grandparents live in ____ States.

I play ____ violin after school.

He plays ____ soccer on Sundays.

I live in ____ Seoul, Korea.

We have two classes in ____ afternoon.

Open ____ door, please.

Mrs, Kim went to ____ bed at ten. ____ strange noise woke her up at ____ dawn. She went to ____ living room. Suddenly ____ young man and a dog ran out of ____ kitchen. ____ dog was very big.

※ 다음 괄호 안의 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

Is that (a, an, x) dog?

Is this (a, an, x) umbrella?

That's not (a, an, x) book.

Is that (a, an, x) orange?

I like (a, an, x) milk.

This is (a, an, x) Kevin.

(This, These) are my pencils.

Are (that, those) flowers yours?

Are those (a cat, cats)?

They are (a friend, friends)

(Is, Are) these oranges?

(Is, Are) Jane and David students?

What is this? - (It, They) is a doll.

What is your name? - (My, Your) name is Sumi.

What does the boy have? - He has (a, an) ball.

What are those? - (It, They) are cards.

What are these? - (It, They) are my books.

※ 다음 어색한 부분을 올바르게 고치시오.

I am student.

He is a English teacher.

There are seven days in week.

That is a old book.

She has a nice friend. A friend is Korean.

The sun is larger than a moon.

I met pretty a girl at school.

He is a honest boy.

My brother has a apple and I have ten apples.

A sky is always beautiful.

He plays the baseball.

She has a dinner.

We went to school by the car.

He met her a hour ago.

The dog is an useful animals.

She has a album.

You are a my sister.

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

There are many _______ in the big cities.

① thiefs	② thieves

I brush my _______ three times a day.

① teeth	② tooth

Who are those _______?

① man	② men

My _______ are killing me.

① foot	② feet

The snake lives on frogs, _______ and rats.

① mice	② mouses

Mr. Jones has three _______.

① childs	② children

다음 관사 ‘a'와 함께 사용할 수 있는 것은?

① money	② love	③ milk	④ paper	⑤ student

다음 ‘a’를 붙일 수 없는 것은?

① book	② child	③ egg	④ pen	⑤ computer

다음 빈칸에 ‘an’을 쓸 수 있는 것은?

① This is ___ pen.	② That is ___ orange.	③ It is ___ cat.

④ He is ___ boy.	⑤ She is ___ student.

다음 빈칸에 ‘a’를 쓸 수 있는 것은?

① She is ______ teacher.	② Her doll is ______ pretty.

③ That girl is _____ my sister.	④ He is ______ old man.

⑤ His name is ______ Bill.

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

This is ______ airplane.

① a	② an	③ me	④ many	⑤ much

There are ______ people on the subway. The subway is crowded.

① a	② no	③ little	④ a lot of	⑤ a few

다음 대화의 빈칸에 들어갈 수 없는 것은?

A: What do you have now?

B: I have a __________.

① ball pen	② bag	③ milk	④ cap	⑤ book

다음 대화의 빈칸에 알맞은 것은?

A: Is that dog yours?

B: ________________ It's Mary's.

① Yes, it's mine.	② No, it isn't mine.	③ Yes, it's yours.

④ No, It isn't yours.	⑤ I don't know.

※ 다음 두 문장의 빈칸에 공통으로 알맞은 것을 고르시오.

․ _______ is a picture. ․ _______ girl is my sister.

① It	② An	③ A	④ This	⑤ The

․ That's _______ ball. ․ That ball is _______.

① mine	② yours	③ hers	④ his	⑤ theirs

다음 빈칸에 many를 쓸 수 없는 것은?

① _____ books	② _____ houses	③ _____ flowers

④ _____ people	⑤ _____ snow

다음 빈칸에 much를 쓸 수 없는 것은?

① _____ time	② _____ food	③ _____ children

④ _____ money	⑤ _____ milk

※ 다음 빈칸에 many 또는 much 중 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

I have _______ sisters.

She doesn't have _______ time.

He drinks _______ milk every day.

We had _______ snow last winter.

I have _______ books in my bag.

Do you have _______ money?

Mike has _______ pencils in his schoolbag.

I need _______ water.

_______ people are in the room.

※ 다음 괄호 안에 주어진 단어를 이용해 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

They are _______. (child)

Mary and Jane are ________. (woman)

Those are our ________. (city)

Do you have many ________? (watch)

A lot of _______ fall in fall. (leaf)

※ 다음 괄호 안의 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

I can speak English (a few, a little).

Sujin made (a few, a little) mistakes.

We had (a few, a little) rain last night.

I write (a few, a little) letters every week.

Please call again in (a few, a little) minutes.

I have (a few, a little) money. Let's have coffee.

You made (a few, a little) mistakes, didn't you?

※ 다음 빈칸에 little, a little, few, a few 중 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

There was ________ food in the refrigerator. It was nearly empty.

I have ________ friends, so I'm very lonely.

They had ________ money, but they gave it to her.

Last night I went to a restaurant with ________ friends.

He is not famous at all. ________ people know him.

※ 다음 대화의 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 보기에서 골라 쓰시오.

a few, a little, many, much

A: Do you have many books in your bag?

B: No, I don't have _______ books. I have _______ books.

A: Do you have much money in you pockets?

B: Er...no, I don't have _______ money. I have _______ money.

※ 다음 짝지어진 대화에서 어색한 부분을 올바르게 고치시오.

A: How much cookies are there?	B: There are a lot of cookies.

A: How much rice is there?	B: There is a few rice.

A: How many milk is there?	B: There is a little milk.

다음 밑줄친 부분과 같은 말이 순서대로 짝지어진 것은?

․ There were a lot of people at the party.

․ There was a lot of delicious food, too.

① many - much	② much - many	③ many - many

④ some - many	⑤ some - much

※ 다음 짝지어진 단어의 관계가 다른 것을 고르시오.

① boy : girl	② father : mother	③ doctor : nurse

④ uncle : aunt	⑤ brother : sister

① apple : fruit	② rose : flower	③ horse : animal

④ January : year	⑤ Korea : country

다음 짝지어진 단어의 관계가 어색한 것은?

① potato - potatos	② box - boxes	③ farmer - farmers

④ child - children	⑤ vegetable - vegetables

다음 단어의 관계가 보기와 같지 않은 것은?

telephone + number → telephone number

① fire engine	② flower shop	③ happy news

④ street cleaner	⑤ basketball team

다음 설명에 해당하는 낱말을 보기에서 고르시오.

ⓐ aunt ⓑ uncle ⓒ cousin ⓓ niece ⓔ nephew ⓕ grandfather

(1) my father's father	(2) my uncle's son

(3) my sister's daughter	(4) my father's brother

(5) my brother's son	(6) my mother's sister

※ 다음 빈칸에 들어갈 수 없는 것을 고르시오.

That boy is __________.

① kind	② old	③ happy	④ tall	⑤ student

This books is __________.

① his	② hers	③ their	④ mine	⑤ my brother's

It is an __________.

① album	② apple	③ orange	④ desk	⑤ animal

She is a __________.

① my friend	② Korean teacher	③ post officer.

④ kind doctor	⑤ middle school student.

다음 빈칸에 들어갈 수 없는 것은?

In-ho and Susan drink _________ milk every breakfast.

① a lot of	② lots of	③ much	④ many	⑤ a little

※ 다음 빈칸에 a 또는 a pair of 중 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

_________ glasses	_________ jacket

_________ coat	_________ sneakers

_________ socks	_________ T-shirt

다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 보기에서 고르시오.

ⓐ paper	ⓑ glasses	ⓒ rose	ⓓ bread

ⓔ coke	ⓕ coffee	ⓖ milk	ⓗ cheese

(1) a bottle of ________	(2) a piece of ________

(3) a loaf of ________	(4) a slice of ________

(5) a pair of ________	(6) a glass of ________

(7) a bunch of ________	(8) a cup of ________

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 보기에서 골라 쓰시오.

milk, coffee, shoes, bread, pizza

I want to have a slice of _________.

We want two glasses of _________.

She bought a pair of _________.

I ate a piece of _________.

Mr. Smith has three cups of _________ every day.

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 보기에서 골라 쓰시오. (활용가능)

piece, bag, cup, glass, pair

We had a _________ of tea.

Bring me a _________ of water please.

I need a _________ of paper.

I will buy a ________ of sports shoes.

The child took two ________ of cheese.

※ 다음 빈칸에 들어갈 수 없는 말을 고르시오.

a glass of __________

① milk	② bread	③ juice	④ soda	⑤ beer

I bought a pair of _______ at flea markets.

① socks	② sneakers	③ jeans	④ boots	⑤ potatoes

다음 밑줄친 부분이 어색한 것은?

① I want a glass of water.	② Bring me a cup of coffee.

③ He needs three pieces of paper.	④ Two pair of gloves are over there.

⑤ The child ate a piece of cheese.

다음 대화에서 손님이 사려고 하는 것은?

A: May I help you?

B: I'm looking for a pair of sneakers.

① 장갑	② 곰인형	③ 운동화	④ 시계	⑤ 벨트

※ 다음 밑줄친 부분의 쓰임이 다른 것을 고르시오.

① That's a piano.	② She's a Korean student.

③ He's a teacher.	④ Bill's brother is a doctor.

⑤ It's my book.

① Jack's a doctor.	② Judy's friend is tall.

③ She's my teacher, Ms. Han.	④ He's very kind.

⑤ It's a doll.

① Tony's from Korea.	② What's this?

③ She's Mrs. Baker.	④ Mina's my sister.

⑤ Tom's mother is kind.

다음 밑줄친 부분이 어색한 것은?

① It is my mother's room.	② What's your name?

③ It's name is Blacky.	④ She is Na-ri's sister.

⑤ This is her father.

다음 밑줄친 부분의 쓰임이 보기와 같은 것은?

This is Marco's farm.

① Sally's from America.	② My uncle's a farmer.

③ My name's Kim Na-ri.	④ U-ram's a good student.

⑤ My teacher's English is very good.

다음 빈칸에 들어갈 말이 다른 하나는?

① You look like ______ good player.

② I am ______ only child in my family.

③ She takes ______ walk every morning.

④ So I hope to be ______ famous scientist.

⑤ He sings well. He is ______ good dancer, too.

※ 다음 문장이 어색한 것을 고르시오.

① We visit children's homes.

② Mi-na and Mike are in the same class.

③ Sometimes we play the soccer after school.

④ Do you have any plan for your family's health?

⑤ Na-ri and U-ram are new students at Mirae Middle School.

① This is Susan family picture.

② Her father is a businessman.

③ Her mother is a fashion designer.

④ Susan's brother is a high school student.

⑤ Her dog is cute. Its name is Sandy.

※ 두 문장의 뜻이 같도록 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

I have a lot of friends. = I have _______ friends.

I have a lot of money. = I have _______ money.

We don't have any sugar. = We have _______ sugar.

Min-su is Mi-na's brother. = Mi-na is _______ _______.

The girl is kind. = She is _______________________.

This is a good watch. = This ______ is _______.

This book is interesting. = This is _________________________.

※ 다음 글의 밑줄친 부분이 어색한 것을 고르시오.

Hello. ①My name is Hong Min-su. ②These are my parents. ③My father's name is Hong Gi-man. He is tall. He is an engineer. ④My mother's name is Lee Hye-su. ⑤She is an nurse.

In elementary school I had only ①one teacher. In middle school I have ②many teachers. In elementary school I had no uniform. In middle school I wear ③an uniform. In elementary school I had ④many old friends. In middle school I have ⑤many new friends. I like middle school. It's fun.

In Korea we have ①four season. ②The weather is beautiful. Spring begins in March. It's warm and pleasant. ③Many flowers come up in this season. Summer comes after spring. In summer it's hot. Sometimes it rains a lot. We go to ④the beach and swim in ⑤the sea.

In fall it is clear and cool. ①The leaves turn red and yellow. There are ②a lot of different fruits. Winter is ③the last season of the year. It is cold and windy in winter. We have ④many snow. We go skating and skiing in winter. The weather in Korea is not always ⑤the same.

다음 대화의 빈칸에 알맞은 것은?

A: Can I help you?

B: Yes, please. I want to buy _________ socks.

① a piece of	② a glass of	③ a pair of

④ a cup of	⑤ a sheet of

다음 대화의 밑줄친 부분이 어색한 것은?

A: Look at ①this picture.

B: Who is this?

A: This is ②my father.

C: What does ③your father do?

A: He is ④a engineer.

D: Who is this?

A: Oh, this is ⑤my uncle.

※ 다음 글의 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

We have different hopes and dreams. Let's read about ___________.

① our friends' dreams	② friends' our dreams

③ our friends dreams	④ friends our dreams

⑤ our friends's dreams

Hi I'm Kim Inho. I'm a middle school student. I'm from Seoul. Glad to meet you. Hi. My name is Susan Smith. I'm ____________, too I'm from New York. Nice to meet you.

① a math teacher	② Susan Smith	③ an American girl

④ from the U.S.A	⑤ a middle school student.

다음 대화의 빈칸에 순서대로 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

A: It's a great picture. Who are they?

B: They're my parents. My father is _______ engineer and my mother is _______ teacher.

다음 글의 빈칸에 순서대로 알맞은 것은?

After shopping Su-jin and Cathy were a little tired and hungry. They sat down in the snack bar. Su-jin bought ________ pizza and ________ ice cream. Cathy drank a Coke. She also had a doughnut. They stayed there a long time. They had a good time.

① a pair of - a glass of	② a slice of - a cup of

③ a cup of - a pair of	④ a piece of - a pair of

⑤ a glass of - a slice of

다음 글의 내용과 일치하는 것은?

I am Se-jin. Se-ho is my brother. Bo-ra is my friend. Her sister is Yu-jin.

① Se-ho is Bo-ra's friend.	② Yu-jin is Se-ho's sister.

③ Bo-ra's sister is Yu-jin.	④ Yu-jin is Se-jin's sister.

⑤ Se-ho is Yu-jin's brother.

다음 글의 내용과 일치하지 않는 것은?

This is Susan's family picture. Her father is a businessman. He is forty-one. He is very kind. Her mother is a fashion designer. She is forty. She is very kind, too. Susan's brother peter is ten. He is in the fourth grade. Her dog is cute. Its name is Sandy. This is their house. It's beautiful. They are very happy.

① Susan's brother is ten years old.

② Sandy is Susan's dog.

③ Susan's mother is forty-one.

④ Susan's house is beautiful.

⑤ Susan's father is a businessman.

제 3 장 일반동사

제 3 장 일반동사

1. 일반동사는 be동사와 조동사를 제외한 동작이나 상태를 나타내는 동사이다.

․ I am a student. (be동사)	․ I will go to America. (조동사)

․ I study English hard. (일반동사)

(1) 일반동사의 현재형에는 원형과 3인칭 단수형의 두 가지 형태가 있다. 주어가 3인칭 단수인 경우에만 3인칭 단수형을 쓰고, 그 밖의 경우에는 모두 원형을 쓴다.
주어	일반동사	～.
You (I, We, They, My sisters...)	like	soccer.
He (She, It, Mike, My sister...)	likes

(2) 일반동사의 부정문은 일반동사 앞에 don't(doesn't)를 쓴다. (do not = don't / does not = doesn't)
주어	일반동사		～.
You (I, We, They, My sisters...)	don't	like	soccer.
He (She, It, Mike, My sister...)	doesn't

(3) 일반동사의 의문문은 주어 앞에 Do(Does)를 쓴다.
조동사	주어	일반동사	～?
Do	You (I, we, they, my sisters...)	like	soccer?
Does	He (she, it, Mike, my sister...)
- Yes, I do. - 긍정의 대답: Yes, 주어 + do(does). - No, he doesn't. - 부정의 대답: No, 주어 + don't(doesn't).

(4) 일반동사 3인칭 단수 현재형 만드는 방법
대부분의 일반동사	동사원형에 -s	like → likes
s,x,sh,ch,o로 끝나는 동사	동사원형에 -es	kiss → kisses mix → mixes wash → washes watch → watches do → does
자음 + y로 끝나는 동사	y를 i로 바꾸고 -es	study → studies
[비교] play → plays, have → has

2. 동사의 과거

어떤 사실을 표현할 때 그 사실이 현재 사실인지 과거 사실인가 또는 미래 사실인지를 나타내는 것은 동사의 형태가 결정한다.

․ I was twelve years old last year. (과거)

․ I am thirteen years old now. (현재)

․ I will be fourteen years old next year. (미래)

(1) be동사의 과거
주어	be동사	～.
I (He, She, It, Mike, My sister...)	was	happy.
You (We, They, My sisters...)	were

(2) be동사의 부정문은 be동사 뒤에 not를 쓴다. (was not = wasn't / were not = weren't)
주어	be동사	～.
I (He, She, It, Mike, My sister...)	wasn't	happy.
You (We, They, My sisters...)	weren't

(3) be동사의 의문문은 be동사를 주어 앞에 쓴다.
be동사	주어	～?
Was	I (He, She, It, Mike, My sister...)	happy?
Were	You (We, They, My sisters...)
- Yes, you were. - 긍정의 대답: Yes, 주어 + was(were). - No, I wasn't. - 부정의 대답: No, 주어 + wasn't(weren't).

(4) 일반동사의 과거 (과거형은 단. 복수 구별 없다.)
주어	일반동사	～.
I (He, She, It, Mike, My sister, You, We, They, My sisters...)	liked	soccer.

(5) 일반동사의 부정문은 일반동사 앞에 didn't를 쓴다. (did not = didn't)
주어	일반동사	～.
I (He, She, It, Mike, My sister, You, We, They, My sisters...)	didn't like	soccer.

(6) 일반동사의 의문문은 주어 앞에 Did를 쓴다.
조동사	주어	일반동사	～?
Did	I (He, She, It, Mike, My sister, You, We, They, My sisters...)	like	soccer?
- Yes, you did. - 긍정의 대답: Yes, 주어 + did. - No, you didn't. - 부정의 대답: No, 주어 + didn't.

(7) 과거를 나타내는 부사(구)

․ yesterday	․ then	․ last ～	․ ～ ago

․ Yesterday was her birthday. (O) ․ Yesterday is her birthday. (X)

(8) 일반동사 과거형 만드는 방법
대부분의 일반동사	동사원형에 -ed	work → worked
e로 끝나는 동사	동사원형에 -d	like → liked
자음 + y로 끝나는 동사	y를 i로 바꾸고 -ed	study → studied
단모음+단자음으로 끝나는 동사	자음 + -ed	stop → stopped
불규칙 동사는 암기해야한다.

동사원형	3인칭단수	과거형	의미

be	am/is(are)	was(were)	～이다, ～있다

add	～s	～ed	더하다

advise	～s	～ed	충고하다

answer	～s	～ed	대답하다

arrive	～s	～d	도착하다

ask	～s	～ed	묻다

become	～s	became	되다

begin	～s	began	시작하다

borrow	～s	～ed	빌리다

blow	～s	blew	(바람이) 불다

break	～s	broke	부수다, 깨트리다

breathe	～s	～d	숨쉬다

bring	～s	brought	가지고 오다

build	～s	built	짓다, 건축하다

burn	～s	～ed (burnt)	불타다, 태우다

buy	～s	bought	사다

call	～s	～ed	전화하다, 방문하다

carry	carries	carried	운반하다, 가지고 오다

catch	～es	caught	잡다

cause	～s	～d	일으키다, 원인이 되다

check	～s	～ed	조사하다, 확인하다

change	～s	～d	바꾸다

cheer	～s	～ed	격려하다

choose	～s	chose	선택하다

clean	～s	～ed	깨끗이 하다

climb	～s	～ed	오르다

close	～s	～d	닫다

come	～s	came	오다

cook	～s	～ed	요리하다

cover	～s	～ed	덮다, 가리다

cross	～es	～ed	건너다

cry	cries	cried	우다

동사원형	3인칭단수	과거형	의미

cut	～s	cut	자르다

dance	～s	～d	춤추다

die	～s	～d	죽다

do	～es	did	하다

draw	～s	drew	그리다

dream	～s	～ed	꿈꾸다

drink	～s	drank	마시다

drive	～s	drove	운전하다

drop	～s	dropped	떨어뜨리다

eat	～s	ate	먹다

enjoy	～s	～ed	즐기다

enter	～s	～ed	들어가다

escape	～s	～d	탈출하다

exercise	～s	～d	운동하다, 연습하다

express	～es	～ed	표현하다

fall	～s	fell	떨어지다

feel	～s	felt	느끼다

fight	～s	fought	싸우다

find	～s	found	발견하다, 찾다

finish	～es	～ed	마치다

fly	flies	flew	날다

follow	～s	～ed	따르다

forget	～s	forgot	잊다

fry	fries	fried	(기름으로) 튀기다

get	～s	got	도착하다, 얻다

give	～s	gave	주다

go	～es	went	가다

grow	～s	grew	성장하다, 기르다

happen	～s	～ed	발생하다

hate	～s	～d	미워하다, 싫다

have	has	had	가지다

hear	～s	heard	듣다

동사원형	3인칭단수	과거형	의미

help	～s	～ed	돕다

hide	～s	hid	숨기다, 숨다

hit	～s	hit	치다, 때리다

hold	～s	held	유지하다, 붙잡다

hope	～s	～d	희망하다

hunt	～s	～ed	사냥하다

hurry	hurries	hurried	서두르다

litter	～s	～ed	(쓰레기를) 버리다

imagine	～s	～d	상상하다

insert	～s	～ed	삽입하다

invite	～s	～d	초대하다

invent	～s	～ed	발명하다

introduce	～s	～d	소개하다

jog	～s	jogged	조깅하다

join	～s	～ed	참가하다

keep	～s	kept	계속하다, 지키다

kick	～s	～ed	(발로) 차다

kill	～s	～ed	죽이다

know	～s	knew	알다

learn	～s	～ed	배우다

like	～s	～d	좋아하다

laugh	～s	～ed	웃다

lend	～s	lent	빌려주다

leave	～s	left	떠나다, 출발하다

let	～s	let	～하게 하다

lose	～s	lost	잃어버리다, 지다

listen	～s	～ed	듣다

live	～s	～d	살다

look	～s	～ed	～하게 보이다

make	～s	made	만들다

mean	～s	meant	의미하다

meet	～s	met	만나다

동사원형	3인칭단수	과거형	의미

miss	～es	～ed	그리워하다, 찾지 못하다

move	～s	～d	이사하다, 움직이다

need	～s	～ed	필요하다

open	～s	～ed	열다

order	～s	～ed	주문하다

overflow	～s	～ed	범람하다

paint	～s	～ed	그리다

play	～s	～ed	놀다, 연주하다

plan	～s	～ed	계획하다

plant	～s	～ed	심다

pollute	～s	～d	오염시키다

pour	～s	～ed	붓다

push	～es	～ed	밀다

pull	～s	～ed	당기다

put	～s	put	두다, 놓다

recycle	～s	～d	재활용하다

relax	～es	～ed	편히 쉬다, 긴장을 풀다

remember	～s	～ed	기억하다

repeat	～s	～ed	반복하다

respect	～s	～ed	존경하다

ride	～s	rode	타다

ring	～s	rang	울리다

run	～s	ran	뛰다

say	～s	said	말하다

save	～s	～d	절약하다, 구조하다

see	～s	saw	보다

sell	～s	sold	팔다

send	～s	sent	보내다

show	～s	～ed	보여주다

share	～s	～d	나누다

sing	～s	sang	노래를 부르다

sit	～s	sat	앉다

동사원형	3인칭단수	과거형	의미

sleep	～s	slept	자다

slide	～s	slid	미끄러지다

smoke	～s	～d	담배를 피다

sound	～s	～ed	～하게 들리다

solve	～s	～d	해결하다

speak	～s	spoke	말하다

spend	～s	spent	시간을 보내다, 돈을 쓰다

stand	～s	stood	서다

start	～s	～ed	시작하다

stay	～s	～ed	지내다, 머물다

stop	～s	stopped	멈추다

study	studies	studied	공부하다

surprise	～s	～d	놀라게 하다

swim	～s	swam	수영하다

take	～s	took	(시간이) 걸리다, 잡다

talk	～s	～ed	이야기하다

taste	～s	～d	맛이 나다

teach	～es	taught	가르치다

tell	～s	told	말하다

throw	～s	threw	던지다

touch	～es	～ed	(손을) 대다, 만지다

travel	～s	～ed	여행하다

try	tries	tried	시도하다, 노력하다

turn	～s	～ed	돌다, 바꾸다

use	～s	～d	사용하다

visit	～s	～ed	방문하다

volunteer	～s	～ed	지원하다

wait	～s	～ed	기다리다

wake	～s	woke	잠에서 깨다

walk	～s	～ed	걷다

want	～s	～ed	원하다

wash	～s	～ed	씻다

동사원형	3인칭단수	과거형	의미

waste	～s	～d	낭비하다

watch	～es	～ed	지켜보다

wear	～s	wore	입다

win	～s	won	이기다, 획득하다

wish	～es	～ed	바라다

work	～s	～ed	일하다

worry	worries	worried	걱정하다

wrap	～s	wrapped	포장하다

write	～s	wrote	쓰다

yell	～s	～ed	외치다, 소리치다

다음 빈칸을 채우시오.

동사원형	3인칭단수	과거형	의미

(1) be	__________	__________	__________

(2) become	__________	__________	__________

(3) begin	__________	__________	__________

(4) blow	__________	__________	__________

(5) break	__________	__________	__________

(6) breathe	__________	__________	__________

(7) bring	__________	__________	__________

(8) build	__________	__________	__________

(9) burn	__________	__________	__________

(10) buy	__________	__________	__________

(11) carry	__________	__________	__________

(12) catch	__________	__________	__________

(13) choose	__________	__________	__________

(14) come	__________	__________	__________

(15) cry	__________	__________	__________

(16) cut	__________	__________	__________

(17) die	__________	__________	__________

(18) do	__________	__________	__________

(19) draw	__________	__________	__________

(20) dream	__________	__________	__________

(21) drink	__________	__________	__________

(22) drive	__________	__________	__________

(23) drop	__________	__________	__________

(24) eat	__________	__________	__________

(25) enjoy	__________	__________	__________

(26) fall	__________	__________	__________

(27) feel	__________	__________	__________

(28) fight	__________	__________	__________

(29) find	__________	__________	__________

(30) fly	__________	__________	__________

(31) forget	__________	__________	__________

동사원형	3인칭단수	과거형	의미

(32) fry	__________	__________	__________

(33) get	__________	__________	__________

(34) give	__________	__________	__________

(35) go	__________	__________	__________

(36) grow	__________	__________	__________

(37) have	__________	__________	__________

(38) hear	__________	__________	__________

(39) hide	__________	__________	__________

(40) hit	__________	__________	__________

(41) hold	__________	__________	__________

(42) hurry	__________	__________	__________

(43) jog	__________	__________	__________

(44) keep	__________	__________	__________

(45) know	__________	__________	__________

(46) like	__________	__________	__________

(47) lend	__________	__________	__________

(48) leave	__________	__________	__________

(49) let	__________	__________	__________

(50) lose	__________	__________	__________

(51) make	__________	__________	__________

(52) mean	__________	__________	__________

(53) meet	__________	__________	__________

(54) put	__________	__________	__________

(55) ride	__________	__________	__________

(56) ring	__________	__________	__________

(57) run	__________	__________	__________

(58) say	__________	__________	__________

(59) see	__________	__________	__________

(60) sell	__________	__________	__________

(61) send	__________	__________	__________

(62) sing	__________	__________	__________

(63) sit	__________	__________	__________

동사원형	3인칭단수	과거형	의미

(64) sleep	__________	__________	__________

(65) speak	__________	__________	__________

(66) spend	__________	__________	__________

(67) stand	__________	__________	__________

(68) stop	__________	__________	__________

(69) study	__________	__________	__________

(70) swim	__________	__________	__________

(71) take	__________	__________	__________

(72) tell	__________	__________	__________

(73) throw	__________	__________	__________

(74) try	__________	__________	__________

(75) wake	__________	__________	__________

(76) wear	__________	__________	__________

(77) win	__________	__________	__________

(78) worry	__________	__________	__________

(79) wrap	__________	__________	__________

(80) write	__________	__________	__________

※ 다음 보기와 같이 주어진 낱말로 시작하여 문장을 완성하시오.

Sujin is a good student and she is diligent.

→ Mike and Mina are good students and they are diligent.

They have a nice garden and they are very happy.

→ Ms. Song ______________________________________________.

They go to school and study very hard.

→ Tom ______________________________________________.

Minsu's friends listen to the radio and he watches TV.

→ My friend ______________________________________________.

Her father washes the dishes and her mother cooks.

→ My father ______________________________________________.

We do our homework.

→ Susan ______________________________________________.

Koreans enjoy eating Kimchi.

→ Tony ______________________________________________.

My wife worries about her health.

→ My grandparents ______________________________________________.

My son arrives in Seoul and my daughter gets to Busan.

→ Their sons ______________________________________________.

In-ho eats rice and kimchi with every meal.

→ In-ho's brothers ______________________________________________.

In-ho and Susan drink a lot of milk.

→ My dog, Bonggu ______________________________________________.

※ 주어진 문장을 지시대로 고치시오. (의문문은 주어진 말로 대답하시오.)

His father is a great scientist.

부정문:

의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

You are honest.

부정문:

의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

I'm your good partner.

부정문:

의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

Mina and Mike are good friends.

부정문:

의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

That rich man has three cars.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

They have six classes a day.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

He does his homework.

부정문:

의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

They do their homework.

부정문:

의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

Their dreams come true.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

Sudong goes to the movies.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

Tom and Jane go to school together.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

Insu plays the violin.

부정문:

의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

He gets up at six.

부정문:

의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

Mike drives a taxi.

부정문:

의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

She studies history very hard.

부정문:

의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

Ann washes her face.

부정문:

의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

Mr. Kim knows my name.

부정문:

의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

A stranger stands in front of the door.

부정문:

의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

They tell us an interesting story.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

The brave hunter catches a lion.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

Her father writes a letter to his son.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

Lisa and Jane see stars at night.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

You draw her face on the paper.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

My uncle cuts a big tree.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

It begins to rain.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

His aunt takes poor children to her house.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

My wife buys a dress for me.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

Cathy leaves her hometown for America.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

My little brother breaks a vase.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

We sing Christmas carols.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

Her brother eats curry and rice.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

She wears a funny hat.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

Your grandfather grows plants in his room.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

She loses a watch in the subway.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

Chinese sell very good silk.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

You forget my name.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

The rabbit runs fast.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

Harry meets Sally in the park.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

She finds the post office.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

Minho invites her girlfriend to his birthday party.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

과거시제:

과거시제의 부정문:

과거시제의 의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

※ 다음 괄호 안에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

Tom and Sarah (watch, watches) television.

Sally (jog, jogs) with her friend every morning.

A baby (cry, cries).

He often (go, goes) fishing on Saturday.

Yesterday I (go, went) swimming with my friends.

My mother (goes, went) shopping an hour ago.

Susan (speak, speaks) four languages.

Jane is a teacher. She (teach, teaches) English.

I always (close, closes) the window at night.

Those pants (cost, costs) too much.

He (meet, meets) a lot of people.

He always (wash, washes) his car on Sundays.

I (want, wants) to watch movies.

They never (drink, drinks) coffee in the morning.

We (listen, listens) to the radio in the morning.

The earth (go, goes) round the sun.

The stores (open, opens) at 9:00 in the morning.

The bank (close, closes) at 5:30 pm.

Mrs. Jones (have, has) two children.

Mr. Brown (smoke, smokes) too much.

They (are, play) the piano.

I (am not, don't) play volleyball.

You (are, like) this dog.

They (are, know) him.

We (aren't, don't) go to school on Sunday.

I (am, read) a book.

They (are, likes) my friends.

Tom and Jane (are, do) American.

Sujin (studies, study) English every day.

They (grow, grows) vegetables.

I (have, has) a book.

He (have, has) an umbrella.

(Do, Does) he play badminton?

That boy is Mike. I like (he, his, him).

They are roses. I like (they, their, them).

I know (she, her, hers) very well.

Mr. Smith (have, has) two brothers.

They (have, has) two cats and three rabbits.

The new supermarket (have, has) everything.

He (is, was, were) in America now.

I (am, was, were) busy yesterday.

We (play, played) tennis everyday.

She (helps, helped) her mother yesterday.

He (works, worked) hard last year.

You (are, was, were) twelve years old now.

John and I (am, are, is, was, were) on a picnic yesterday.

We (have, has, had) a good time last week.

The train (stops, stoped, stopped) at the station last night.

I (am, are, is, was, were) tired yesterday.

You (am, are, is, was, were) late yesterday.

Tom likes curry, but his brother (don't, doesn't).

My sister works in a bank, but I (don't, doesn't).

John and Mary go to the movies, but we (don't, doesn't).

Mr. Jones eats meat, but his wife (don't, doesn't).

He wants to buy them, but they (don't, doesn't).

I went, but he (don't, didn't).

They bought it, but we (don't, didn't).

I want to go to Paris, but she (don't, didn't).

My wife wears glasses now, but my children (don't, doesn't).

I don't like ice-cream, but Mom (don't, doesn't).

You don't need glasses, but I (do, does).

Sally didn't enjoy the movies, but I (do, did).

Dave doesn't want to go out tonight, but his sisters (do, does).

My parents don't live in Seoul, but my grandparents (do, does).

She doesn't smoke, but he (do, does).

I don't know her very well, but my friends (do, does).

(Do, Does, Is, Are) you like to play soccer?

Tony (don't, doesn't, isn't, aren't) like to play tennis.

Mary (do, does, is, are) her homework.

(Do, Does, Is, Are) you study English a lot?

My parents (don't, doesn't, isn't, aren't) like soccer.

Dave speaks English, but he (don't, doesn't) French.

They (don't, doesn't) sell this brand now.

I love soccer, but I (don't, doesn't) like baseball.

My son like skiing, but he (don't, doesn't) like snowboarding.

She didn't (do, does) her best.

She didn't (have, had) breakfast today.

A: (Do, Are) you like pizza?

B: No, I (don't / am not).

A: (Do, Are) they play baseball?

B: Yes, they (do, are).

A: (Do, Are) you a good student?

B: Yes, I (do, am).

※ 다음 빈칸에 have 또는 has 중 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

I ________ a book.	You ________ a pen.

He ________ a dog.	She ________ a car.

Tom ________ bags.	Jim and Ham ________ bikes.

Does Mike ________ a sister?

Tony doesn't ________ a brother.

They don't ________ much money.

다음 짝지어진 단어의 관계가 어색한 것은?

① play-plays	② come-comes	③ swim-swims

④ study-studies	⑤ watch-watchs

※ 다음 일반동사가 아닌 것을 고르시오.

① know	② study	③ have	④ honest	⑤ play

① expensive	② introduce	③ volunteer	④ waste	⑤ watch

다음 주어진 문장을 부정문으로 바르게 나타낸 것은?

․ He likes his mother.

① He isn't like his mother.	② He don't like his mother.

③ He don't likes his mother.	④ He doesn't like his mother.

⑤ He doesn't likes his mother.

다음 주어진 문장을 의문문으로 바르게 나타낸 것은?

․ She likes apples.

① Does she like apples?	② Does she like apple?

③ Do she likes apples?	④ Do she like apples?

⑤ Does she likes apples?

다음 빈칸에 ‘has’를 쓸 수 있는 것은?

① I ______ a sister.	② Min-ho ______ a bicycle.

③ You ______ a pen.	④ My sister ______ happy.

⑤ Tom and Mary ______ Korean friends.

다음 빈칸에 ‘have’를 쓸 수 없는 것은?

① They ______ many books.	② Can I ______ some coffee?

③ Sora doesn't ______ a doll.	④ Mike and Mina ______ very happy.

⑤ Does Alex ______ lunch?

※ 다음 대화의 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

A: Do you like English?

B: ___________________

① Yes, I do.	② No, I do.	③ Yes, he does.

④ No, he doesn't.	⑤ No, you don't.

A: Is she nice to you?

B: ______________. She is very kind.

① Yes, she does.	② No, she doesn't.	③ Yes, she is.

④ No, she isn't.	⑤ Yes, she was.

A: Is Ha-na a student or a teacher?

B: ______________.

① Yes, she is.	② Yes, she is a teacher.	③ She is a student.

④No, she isn't.	⑤ No, she is a student.

A: Did you invite him at the party?

B: ______________

① Yes, I do.	② Yes, I didn't.	③ No, I did.

④ No, I don't.	⑤ No, I didn't.

A: Does Tom play soccer?

B: _______. He plays tennis, too.

① Yes, he is.	② No, he isn't.	③ Yes, he does.

④ No, he doesn't.	⑤ No, he don't.

A: Does your brother have brown hair?

B: ____________. He has black hair.

① Yes, he is.	② No, he isn't	③ Yes, he dose.

④ No, he doesn't	⑤ No, he don't

A: Do you like a dog?

B: ______________. I like a cat.

① Yes, I do.	② No, I don't.	③ Yes, I am.

④ No, I'm not.	⑤ Yes, I don't.

A: _____________________

B: No, he doesn't.

① Do you like math?	② Is he an English teacher?

③ Does Miss Shin like English?	④ Does Mr. Kim teach history?

⑤ Is he "Mr. Nice Guy"?

A: Do you like summer?

B: No, I don't

A: Well... what about winter? Do you like it?

B: ___________ I like spring.

① No, I don't.	② Yes, I do.	③ Me, too.

④ I like it, too.	⑤ I don't like summer.

A: Do you go to school by bike?

B: __________ I go to school by bus.

① No, you don't.	② Of course.	③ Yes, you do.

④ Yes, I do.	⑤ No, I don't.

A: Do you have a pet?

B: Yes, I do.

A: _____________________

B: No, it isn't. It's a pig.

① Is it a dog?	② Are you a dog?

③ Do you like a dog?	④ Do you have a dog?

⑤ Does he love a dog?

A: What did he read at the library?

B: He ________ "Tom Sawyer."

① reads	② read	③ readed	④ readied	⑤ red

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

Bill _________ Jane at the library yesterday.

① see	② sees	③ seed	④ saw	⑤ seen

Mike _________ TV.

① isn't watch	② aren't watch	③ don't watch

④ didn't watch	⑤ watch not

In winter, she _________ out for a walk.

① do go	② did went	③ does goes

④ don't go	⑤ doesn't go

We _________ many ads on TV.

① tell	② see	③ hear	④ buy	⑤ sell

We _________ a lot of ads on the radio.

① tell	② see	③ hear	④ buy	⑤ sell

Alex, Danny and I _______ happy.

① is	② are	③ was	④ am	⑤ have

_______ has a dog.

① Mr. Kim	② I	③ We	④ They	⑤ She and I

Namsu _______ tennis every Sunday.

① is	② has	③ makes	④ plays	⑤ takes

He gets up early every morning, but he _______ up late this morning.

① get	② gets	③ got	④ don't	⑤ doesn't

다음 대화의 밑줄친 부분이 어색한 것은?

U-ram: I ①like tomatoes a lot. Do you ②grow tomatoes on your farm?

Uncle: Sure, I ③do. I grow cabbages, too.

Sally: Do you also ④raise animals?

Uncle: Of course. I ⑤has cows and pigs on my farm.

다음 밑줄친 부분과 의미가 같은 말은?

․ I don't like milk.

① chew	② drink	③ have	④ hate	⑤ eat

※ 다음 빈칸에 공통으로 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

․ ______ you drink milk every day? ․ ______ they like summer?

① Is	② Are	③ Do	④ Does	⑤ Be

․ I ______ the violin. ․ I ______ soccer after school.

① have	② play	③ sing	④ do	⑤ go

다음 밑줄친 부분의 반대말로 알맞은 것은?

․ Do you get up early in th morning?

① Get on	② get off	③ stand up

④ sit down	⑤ go to bed

다음 주어진 문장을 부정문으로 바꿀 때 알맞은 것은?

․ Tom did his homework after dinner.

→ Tom ______ his homework after dinner.

① doesn't	② don't	③ didn't	④ didn't do	⑤ didn't does

※ 다음 문장이 올바른 것을 고르시오.

① Did you ate lunch?

② I didn't had any money.

③ Is yesterday Sunday?

④ We didn't go to school yesterday.

⑤ Were he at home last Sunday?

① The summer vacation started last weekend.

② We comed here by ship.

③ It ised a lot of fun.

④ We goed to Sunrise Peak at Seongsan.

⑤ I seed the beautiful sunrise from there.

① Mike studys English very hard.	② Pilots work on planes.

③ Taxi drivers drives taxies.	④ A teacher teach in a school.

⑤ A nurse help people in the hospital.

※ 다음 빈칸에 들어갈 말이 어색한 것을 고르시오.

I went to the museum __________.

① tomorrow	② this morning	③ three days ago

④ last week	⑤ the day before yesterday

They play __________.

① soccer	② a bike	③ tennis

④ the piano	⑤ a computer game

※ 다음 빈칸에 들어갈 수 없는 것을 고르시오.

_______ know his sister.

① We	② You	③ They	④ My sister	⑤ My brothers

_______ plays the piano.

① She	② He	③ I	④ Nam-su	⑤ My father

Does _______ walk in the park?

① Mike	② Mina	③ her uncle	④ his aunt	⑤ people

Did he love ________?

① it	② them	③ her	④ your	⑤ me

Jane plays baseball with _______.

① them	② his	③ her	④ you	⑤ me

Bill _______ in the evening.

① helps his father	② do his homework	③ reads a newspaper

④ plays soccer	⑤ watches cartoon on TV

A: I like dogs. How about you?

B: I like ________. too.

① it	② he	③ him	④ they	⑤ them

다음 밑줄친 부분 쓰임이 다른 것은?

① Does John have a pet?	② Does Jimmy help you?

③ Mark does not live here.	④ Tony doesn't speak English.

⑤ Paul does his homework hard.

※ 다음 밑줄친 부분이 어색한 것을 고르시오.

① He hates drinking milk.	② Ms. Song leave for America.

③ My father runs in the park.	④ Jenny and Minho have dogs.

⑤ They play baseball on the ground.

① Your mom liked singing songs.	② Jane went to school by bike.

③ She studyed science very hard.	④ A young boy lost his way.

⑤ My dad worked for a computer company.

※ 다음 대화의 빈칸에 순서대로 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

A: _______ your mother like dramas?

B: No, she doesn't. She _______ sports.

① Do - like	② Does - do	③ Do - likes

④ Does - likes	⑤ Does - does

A: Does he _______ here?

B: No, he doesn't. He ______ in Oxford.

① live - live	② live - lives	③ lives - live

④ lived - lived	⑤ lived - lives

다음 빈칸에 순서대로 알맞은 것은?

Does your mother ______ a cat? No, she ______. She doesn't ______ a cat, but she ______ a dog.

① has - don't - has - have	② have - doesn't - have - has

③ have - don't - have - has	④ has - doesn't - have - have

⑤ has - doesn't - have - has

※ 다음 대화의 빈칸에 공통으로 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

A: Mary, _______ you do your homework yesterday?

B: Yes, I _______ But it wasn't easy.

① are	② do	③ did	④ was	⑤ does

A: _______ you like it?

B: Yes, I ______.

① Do(do)	② Does(does)	③ Don't(don't)

④ Doesn't(doesn't)	⑤ Are(are)

※ 다음 빈칸에 순서대로 알맞은 것을 고르시오.

․ Susan _______ 13 years old last year.

․ She _______ 14 now.

① is - is	② is - was	③ was - is	④ was - be	⑤ was - was

․ I _______ to him yesterday.

․ He _______ me a story.

․ She _______ to me, "Hello."

① said - spoke - talked	② talked - told - talked

③ talked - told - said	④ said - told - said

⑤ told - talked - told

※ 다음 짝지어진 대화가 어색한 것을 고르시오.

① A: Are you a boy?	B: Yes, I am.

② A: Do you live in a big city?	B: No, I don't.

③ A: Do you spend your day at a desk?	B: Yes, I do.

④ A: Do you watch TV much every day?	B: No, I do.

⑤ A: Are you happy?	B: No, I am not.

① A: Is your brother good-looking?	B: Yes, he is.

② A: Is Mira from America?	B: No, she isn't.

③ A: A: Is this your book?	B: No, it isn't. It's Yumi's.

④ A: Does Kate play the piano?	B: Yes, she does.

⑤ A: Do your parents love you?	B: Yes, I do.

다음 밑줄친 부분의 의미는?

I have a pen pal. Her name is Tanya. She lives in Moscow, Russia. She takes Korean lessons at school.

① She learn Korean.	② She comes to Korea.

③ She is a Korean teacher.	④ She likes Korean people.

⑤ She has a Korean friend.

※ 다음 밑줄친 부분이 어색한 것을 고르시오.

In-ho: Susan, how ①was your vacation?

Susan: It was great! I ②visited Jeju Island.

In-ho: What did you do there?

Susan: I ③swimed in the sea and ④climbed Mt. Halla. I ⑤had a great time.

Today my father ①taked me on a field trip. We ②watched and ③studied some birds together. It ④was really fun. I ⑤thought about my future.

All my friends ①have boyfriends, but I ②doesn't. I ③am short and I ④have small eyes. Boys don't ⑤look at me.

다음 글의 ①-⑤에서 어색한 문장은?

①An old man lived in a small village. ②He worked hard on his farm. ③He had three sons. ④He loved them very much. ⑤The old man became sick and stays in bed.

다음 밑줄친 부분과 바꾸어 쓸 수 있는 것은?

B: Do you have blue jeans?

A: Sure.

① No, thanks.	② Yes, I am.	③ No, I don't.

④ Yes, I do.	⑤ No, I am not.

다음 괄호 안에 내용상 알맞은 것은?

David likes Korean food a lot. He likes bulgogi, gimbap, and kimchi. But Peter (like) them.

① likes	② don't likes	③ doesn't like

④ doesn't likes	⑤ 고칠 필요가 없음

※ 다음 두 문장이 같도록 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

He goes to school on foot. = He ________ to school.

I go to school by bicycle. = I ________ a bicycle to school.

He is a good singer. = He ________ well.

Is your father a teacher? = Does your father ________ at school?

She caught a bad cold. = She ________ a bad cold.

We took a boat out on the sea. = We ________ to the sea by ship.

He looks very much like his father. = He ________ his father.

He go for a walk every day. = He ________ a walk every day.

We have a lot of rain in summer. = It ________ a lot in summer.

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 보기에서 골라 쓰시오.

speak, have, know, get, learn, go

Do you ________ Chinese?

Do you ________ this boy?

Do you ________ many CDs?

Do you _______ English at school?

Do you _______ up early?

Do you _______ to school by bike?

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 보기에서 골라 쓰시오.

love, make, study, play

You ______ English at school.

I ______ my family very much.

They ______ baseball with their friends.

Mina and Mom _______ cake in the kitchen.

※ 다음 빈칸에 보기의 낱말을 활용해 알맞은 형태로 쓰시오.

drive, help, teach

A nurse ________ sick people in the hospital.

A teacher ________ in a school.

Taxi drivers _________ taxies.

※ 다음 빈칸에 보기의 낱말을 활용해 알맞은 형태로 쓰시오.

read, raise, eat, drink, have

He _______ a lot of animals.

He _______ lots of coins.

He _______ a lot of books.

He _______ lots of apples.

He _______ lots of juice.

※ 다음 빈칸에 보기의 낱말을 활용해 알맞은 형태로 쓰시오.

play, call, clean, listen

Mina _______ to music yesterday.

I _______ my room two hours ago.

He _______ with a toy truck last week.

My mother _______ 119 this morning.

다음 주어진 낱말을 이용해 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

Queen Elizabeth _________(come) to Korea yesterday. She _________(visit) Andong. She _________(meet) many Korean people. She _________(eat) many Korean foods. She _________(like) Hahoetal very much.

다음 주어진 낱말을 이용해 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

Mr. Collect was once a carpenter. But now he _________(is) 76 years old, so he doesn't _________(go) to work. He _________(watch) TV all day long. He _________(have) a strange habit. He didn't _________(throw) away things.

다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 보기에서 골라 알맞은 형태로 고쳐 쓰시오.

get, go, stay, look, arrive

Last summer vacation, Minho and his family ________ to Gimpo Airport by bus. They ________ on an airplane for Gangneung. They ________ down at the beautiful mountains and rivers. One hour later, they ________ at Gangneung. They ________ at a small hotel by the sea.

※ 다음 표를 참고하여 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

	potatoes	tomatoes	cabbages
U-ram	like	like	doesn't like
Na-ri	like	doesn't like	like
Tim	doesn't like	like	doesn't like
Sally	like	like	like

Na-ri ______________ potatoes, but she ______________ tomatoes.

U-ram ______________ potatoes and tomatoes.

Tim ______________ potatoes and cabbages.

Sally and Tim ______________ tomatoes.

U-ram and Tim ______________ cabbages.

※ 다음은 미나의 지난 한 주간 계획이었다. 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

Mon	go swimming	Thu	meet Mike
Tue	study math	Fri	do the homework
Wed	play ping-pong	Sat	see a movie

It was Monday. Mi-na _______ swimming.

It was Tuesday. Mi-na _______ math.

It was Wednesday. Mi-na _______ ping-pong.

It was Thursday. Mi-na _______ Mike.

It was Friday. Mi-na _______ the homework.

※ 다음 대화의 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

A: Did he write a letter to Jane?	B: Yes, he _______ it.

A: Did you see him yesterday?	B: Yes, I _______ him.

A: Did you meet your English teacher?	B: Yes, I _______ her.

A: Did she buy a book last night?	B: Yes, she _______ it.

A: Did they do their homework last night?	B: Yes, they _______ it

A: Did he go home?	B: Yes, he _______ home.

※ 다음 대화의 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오. [3단어]

A: Does Susan eat rice and kimchi with every meal?

B: __________________ She eats eggs and toast for breakfast.

A: Do you like social science?

B: __________________ It's boring.

다음 빈칸에 ‘go’의 알맞은 형태를 쓰시오.

He usually ______ to school by bus. But he didn't _______ to school by bus yesterday. He _________ to school by bicycle.

다음 주어진 글에 이어질 순서를 배열하시오.

So-ra always gets up at seven o‘clock.

ⓐ School starts at nine o'clock.

ⓑ She comes home at six.

ⓒ She has breakfast at seven thirty.

ⓓ She watches TV before dinner.

ⓔ Her class finishes at three o'clock.

ⓕ She goes to bed at ten thirty.

ⓖ She does her homework after dinner.

ⓗ She plays badminton after school.

ⓘ She goes to school at eight o'clock.

제 4 장 조동사

제 4 장 조동사

(1) 조동사의 특징

① (본)동사 앞에서 동사를 도와준다.

② 조동사 다음에는 동사원형이 쓰인다.

③ 주어의 인칭과 수에 관계없이 언제나 같은 형태이다.

④ 조동사를 겹쳐 쓸 수 없다.

․ I am fourteen now. → I will be fifteen next year.

․ She can speaks English. (X) → She can speak English. (O)

․ He musts do his best. (X) → He must do his best. (O)

․ They will must go there. (X) → They will have to go there. (O)

(2) 조동사의 부정문: ‘조동사 + not’, 의문문: ‘조동사 + 주어 + 동사원형~?’

․ She won't go there alone. (won't = will not)

․ Will you play the piano for me? - Yes, I will. / No, I won't.

(3) 미래의 will + 동사원형: (～할 것이다), (～할 예정이다)

[참고] will = be going to / won't = be not going to

․ She will visit her uncle. = She is going to visit her uncle.

․ She won't visit her uncle. = She isn't going to visit her uncle.

․ Will she visit her uncle? = Is she going to visit her uncle?

(4) 능력과 허락의 can + 동사원형: (～할 수 있다), (～해도 좋다)

[참고] 능력일 때 can = be able to, 허락일 때 can = may

․ I can play the piano. = I am able to play the piano.

․ Can I help you? = May I help you?

(5) 허락과 약한 추측의 may + 동사원형: (～해도 좋다), (아마～일거다)

[참고] 허락일 때 may = can

․ May I come in? = Can I come in? - Yes, you may. / No, you may not.

․ Mike may be tired.

(6) 의무와 강한 추측의 must + 동사원형: (～해야 한다), (～임에 틀림없다)

[참고]

의무일 때 must = have to = should

추측일 때 must ≠ have to

의무일 때 must의 부정은 don't have to = need not (～할 필요 없다)

※ must not = should not = Don't 동사원형 (금지; ～해서는 안 된다)

[참고] must와 have to는 강한 의무, should는 의무와 권유를 나타낸다.

․ You must help her. = You have to help her.

․ He must help her. = He has to help her.

․ Mike must be tired.

․ They must help her. → 부정문 They don't have to help her.

․ She must help them. → 부정문 She doesn't have to help them.

․ You must not smoke. = You should not smoke. = Don't smoke.

․ She had to go out and bought some bread.

※ 다음 괄호 안의 설명에 해당하는 조동사를 쓰시오.

She ________ speak English very well. (능력)

He ________ remember my name. (약한 추측)

You ________ have anything here. (허가)

He ________ clean his room before breakfast. (의무)

The boy ________ be very kind. (강한 추측)

You ________ study hard. (의무)

He ________ ________ cut the tree in the forest. (금지)

It ________ be sunny tomorrow. (예정)

※ 다음 대화의 밑줄친 부분의 알맞은 의도를 고르시오.

A: May I open the window?

B: Of course, you may.

① 추측	② 확신	③ 허락	④ 의무	⑤ 제안

A: These boxes are very heavy. Can you carry them for me?

B: OK, I will.

① 명령	② 요청	③ 의무	④ 추측	⑤ 제안

A: You should keep the traffic rules.

B: OK. I will.

① 격려하기	② 제안하기	③ 경고하기	④ 승낙하기	⑤ 충고하기

※ 다음 밑줄친 부분을 주의하여 문장을 해석하시오.

He is going to school now.

He is going to Seoul tomorrow.

We must follow dad's will.

She will wear beautiful Korean clothes.

In America, Mother's Day is the second Sunday in May.

May I have some water?

I recycle always cans.

We can see many French restaurants in America.

※ 문장의 밑줄친 부분과 바꿔 쓸 수 있는 말을 보기에서 고르시오.

won't, must, can, need not

You have to go now.

I am not going to visit my friend tomorrow.

You don't have to worry.

I am able to play tennis.

※ 다음 우리말을 참고하여 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 보기에서 골라 쓰시오.

must, will, may, can

He ________ be rich. (그는 부자일지도 모른다.)

You ________ study hard. (너는 열심히 공부해야 한다.)

I ________ swim very well. (나는 수영을 잘 할 수 있다.)

It ________ rain tomorrow. (내일은 비가 올 것이다)

She ________ be a doctor. (그녀는 의사임에 틀림없다.)

You ________ go out and play. (밖에 나가서 놀아도 좋다.)

※ 다음 빈칸에 들어가기에 어색한 것을 고르시오.

Can you __________?

① play the piano	② swim	③ sell your dog

④ fly in the sky	⑤ came to my house

She is going to meet Tom _________.

① today	② on Saturday	③ yesterday

④ this afternoon	⑤ next Monday

※ 다음 문장을 지시대로 쓰시오.

They will invite me at the party.

부정문:

의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

Mom is going to go shopping today.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

Tom can run fast.

부정문:

의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

Mary is able to speak Japanese.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

She may call me this afternoon.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

Tony must go at once.

부정문:

의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

We have to learn English.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

She has to write a letter to him.

부정문:

의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

다음 줄임말이 어색한 것은?

① is not = isn't	② do not = don't	③ does not = doesn't

④ will not = willn't	⑤ did not = didn't

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

The traffic is red. You _______ stop here.

① may	② will	③ must

She is in the hospital. She _______ be sick.

① can	② must	③ have to

In P.E. class, I _______ wear a jogging suit.

① should	② have	③ need not

Mina _______ go to hospital yesterday.

① has to	② had to	③ have to

You look tired. You _______ go to bed.

① should	② may	③ have

You _______ be kind to old people.

① have	② should	③ are going to

Tomorrow is Sunday. You _______ go to school.

① can	② must	③ may

④ have to	⑤ don't have to

You _______ help her. She can do it herself.

① can	② must	③ may

④ have to	⑤ don't have to

Some people do not stand in line. They ________ do that.

① have to	② shouldn't	③ don't have to

④ aren't able to	⑤ need not

I think we will ________ very good friends.

① are	② were	③ was	④ be	⑤ can

※ 다음 대화의 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

A: I'm thirst. ________ I have some water?

B: Sure. Here it is.

① May	② Must	③ Should

A: Be quiet. You ________ keep quiet in the library.

B: Oh, I see.

① won't	② have	③ must

A: The traffic signal is red. We ________ to wait here.

B: Yeah. We must be careful on the street.

① will	② have	③ must

A: ________ I have to finish my homework now?

B: Yes, you must.

① Do	② Have	③ Must

A: ________ it rain tomorrow?

B: Yes, it will.

① Is	② Does	③ Will

A: May I ________ your club?

B: Of course. Everyone is welcome.

① be	② join	③ meet	④ watch	⑤ am

A: Where's Nick?

B: He ________ be in his office.

① may	② can	③ have to	④ is able to	⑤ is going to

A: Do I have to type the letter?

B: Yes. You ________ type it before noon.

① need	② can	③ must	④ will	⑤ have

A: May I swim in this river?

B: You ________ do that. It is dangerous.

① should	② may	③ must	④ doesn't	⑤ must not

A: Do I have to go to stores?

B: Yes. You ________ go to the stores now.

① has to	② must	③ need not	④ don't	⑤ must not

A: Does he ________ watch the game tonight?

B: Of course, he does.

① must	② has	③ has to	④ have to	⑤ had to

A: By the way, what time is it now?

B: It's 2:30.

A: Really? I ________ go now. I have a tennis game with Mike at 3:00.

B: Good luck, Tom!

A: Thanks.

① have	② should	③ don't	④ don't have	⑤ must not

A: Watch out! That taxi almost hit you.

B: Oh, my goodness! I didn't know that.

A: You ________ at the crosswalk.

B: OK. You're right.

① can cross	② are crossing	③ should cross

④ will not cross	⑤ are going to cross

※ 다음 밑줄친 부분의 의미가 다른 것을 고르시오.

① May I come in?	② You may not start now.

③ You may use my dictionary.	④ He may move to Busan next year.

⑤ You may go home right now.

① He may be Chinese.	② Mina may be in her room.

③ You may play soccer here.	④ Still she may like you.

⑤ The news may not be true.

① He is going to stay here.	② We are going to ski there.

③ They are going to visit me.	④ She is going to marry him.

⑤ I am going to the supermarket now.

① You must wear the cap.	② I must be kind to others.

③ He must leave for Seoul.	④ She must be very tired.

⑤ You must keep quiet in the library.

① Can you ride a bike?	② Can you lend me the book?

③ Can you speak English?	④ Can you swim in the sea?

⑤ Can you play the piano?

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

Sally has a bad cold. So she should ________.

① take an umbrella	② send some flowers

③ see a doctor	④ tell the police about it

⑤ go to bed late

It was fine and cool today. Today is my thirteenth birthday. I ________ be fourteen next year.

① will	② may	③ must	④ have	⑤ should

Weather Report: It's raining now in Seoul. But tomorrow it ________ be sunny.

① is	② will	③ does	④ must	⑤ is able to

Visitors to Seoul ________ look very hard for a station. They can see subway signs everywhere in Seoul.

① must	② had to	③ have to

④ must not	⑤ don't have to

John is going to go to the cinema. He really wants to see that movie. It begins at 6 this evening. Now it's five-fifty. He may be late. So ________________.

① he will walk	② he must hurry up

③ he likes that movie	④ he will go to school

⑤ he will meet his friend at five

다음 짝지어진 대화가 어색한 것은?

① A: Can I read your newspaper?	B: No. I am reading it now.

② A: Can I use the phone first?	B: No, I'm afraid you can't.

③ A: Can I have some water?	B: Yes, you can.

④ A: Can I open the window?	B: Sounds great. It's cold outside.

⑤ A: Can I take Jenny with me?	B: Sure.

다음 새해 계획으로 어색한 것은?

① I will watch TV so much next year.

② I will read many books next year.

③ I will help my friends much next year.

④ I will often talk with my friends next year.

⑤ I won't get up late in the morning next year.

Someone kills one mosquito. What will happen to the other four mosquitos?

① They will be dead.	② They will be on the table.

③ They will fly away.	④ They will be by the table.

⑤ They will be in the killer's hand.

다음 건강하기 위해 지켜야할 내용으로 어색한 것은?

① You should do more exercise.	② You should get up early.

③ You should eat too much.	④ You shouldn't skip your meal.

⑤ You shouldn't play computer games too often.

다음 대화를 한 문장으로 나타낼 때 알맞은 말은?

Mom: Minho, it's eleven. You must go to bed now.

Minho: Do I have to go to bed right now?

Mom: Yes, you do.

→ Minho ________ go to bed right now.

① don't have to	② doesn't have to	③ must not

④ have to	⑤ has to

다음 표지판을 참고하여 빈칸에 알맞은 말은?

	A: May I park here? B: Look at the sign. You _______ park here.

① must	② have to	③ don't have to

④ must not	⑤ need not

다음 대화의 빈칸에 순서대로 알맞은 것은?

Teacher: Let's talk about the do's and don'ts of everyday life? What are they?

In-ho: We _______ obey the law.

Teacher: That's right. Any other rules?

Susan: We _______ not litter.

Teacher: Right. What else?

So-ra: We _______ help old and weak people.

Teacher: That's right.

① should - must - should	② must - should - shouldn't

③ should - shouldn't - should	④ shouldn't - shouldn't - must

⑤ shouldn't - should - must not

다음 빈칸에 순서대로 알맞은 것은?

________ year I listened to many English tapes and learned many words. ________ year I watch many American programs and learn pop songs. ________ year I will watch many movies and read some stories in English.

① Last - This - Next	② This - Next - Last

③ Last - Next - This	④ This - Last - Next

⑤ Last - This - Next

다음 빈칸에 ‘can‘이 들어갈 수 있는 곳은 몇 개인가?

Cat: I'm hungry. Oh, I ⓐ_______ eat the bird.

Bird: I ⓑ_______ fly very fast. ⓒ_______ you fly, too?

Cat: No, I ⓓ_______. Oh, I like fish.

Fish: I ⓔ_______ swim very fast. ⓕ_______ you swim, too?

Cat: No, I ⓖ_______.

① 2개	② 3개	③ 4개	④ 5개	⑤ 6개

다음 우리말을 참고하여 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

A: 나는 스케이트를 탈수 있어. 너도 탈 수 있니?

B: 아니. 그러나 수영은 할 수 있어. 너는 할 수 있니?

A: 할 수 있지.

A: I ______ skate. _______ you skate?

B: No, I ______. But I ______ swim. ______ you swim?

A: Yes, I _______.

※ 다음 표를 보고 대화의 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

	ride a bike	play tennis	swim	cook	ski
Minsu	X	○	○	X	X
Anne	X	X	○	○	X
Sumi	○	X	X	X	○

Minsu: Anne, can you play tennis?

Anne: _______, I can't. But I _______ swim.

Minsu: Can you _______?

Sumi: Of course, I _______. And I can ride a bike very well.

※ 다음 대화를 읽고 괄호 안에서 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

Teacher: Can you sing a pop song?

Minsu: Yes, I can.

Teacher: Can you play the guitar?

Giho: No, I can't.

Teacher: Can you write with your left hand?

Minji: No, I can't.

Teacher: Can you fix this radio?

Minhee: Yes, I can.

Minji (can / can't) write with his left hand.

Giho (can / can't) play the guitar.

Minsu (can / can't) sing a pop song.

Minhee (can / can't) fix the radio.

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 보기에서 고르시오.

ⓐ we can't have enough water	ⓑ we can't have a fine view

ⓒ we can't breathe fresh air	ⓓ we can't make cheese

ⓔ we can't go to the moon

Without trees, ________________________.

Without rain, ________________________.

Without spaceships, ________________________.

Without milk, ________________________.

Without mountains, ________________________.

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 보기에 고르시오.

① be late for classes	② do more exercise

③ eat candy and ice cream	④ listen to the teacher carefully

Tom would like to be thinner. He should ________.

Tom would like to be thinner. He should not ________.

Mary want to be a good student. She should ________.

Mary want to be a good student. She should not ________.

※ 다음 문장의 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 보기에서 고르시오.

ⓐ go to the dentist's	ⓑ take a bath

ⓒ make a sandwich	ⓓ go to bed

I'm hungry. I'm going to _____________.

Tony is tired. He's going to _____________.

Mike is dirty. He's going to _____________.

She has a toothache. She's going to _____________.

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 보기에서 고르시오.

① hungry ② sick ③ tired ④ thirsty

Mr. Green is _________. He is going to go to a restaurant.

Jane is _________. She is going to go to bed early.

Mrs. Brown is _________. She is going to see a doctor.

Mike is _________. He is going to drink water.

※ 다음 표를 참고하여 휴일 계획을 완성하시오.

Ron	read a book	Sue	take a trip
Minho	visit his uncle	I	meet my friends

Ron _________ read a book.

Minho _________ visit his uncle.

Sue ______________________.

I _________________________.

※ 다음 보기를 참고하여 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

․ I visit my grandparents every summer.

→ I visited my grandparents last summer.

→ I will visit my grandparents next summer.

I get up at six.

→ I ________ up at seven yesterday.

→ I ________ ________ up at six tomorrow.

I am in the seventh grade this year.

→ I ________ in the sixth grade last year.

→ I ________ ________ in the eighth grade next year.

He does his homework before dinner.

→ He ________ his homework after dinner yesterday.

→ He ________ ________ his homework before dinner tomorrow.

※ 다음 주어진 문장을 보기처럼 바꿔 쓰시오.

He plays basketball. (may) → He may play basketball.

They come home late. (may) →

It is easy. (may not)

He goes to school today. (may not) →

Mike is tired. (may) →

She stays in Wonju. (may) →

※ 다음 밑줄친 부분이 허락을 나타내면 A, 추측을 나타내면 G로 표시하시오.

May I come in?

He may be over seventy.

You may use my dictionary.

He may be Chinese.

You may take a rest.

May I ask you a favor?

You may go home right now.

He may be in his office.

He may move to Wonju next year.

May I smoke here?

It may not rain tomorrow.

The news may not be true.

You may play soccer here.

She may come home soon.

She may be late for the meeting.

It may rain this Sunday.

May I use this pen?

He may go to London with his parents.

You may come in.

Still she may like you.

※ 다음 빈칸에 must, 또는 must not 중 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

We __________ get up early.

We __________ cut in line.

We __________ keep the traffic rules.

We __________ listen to parents.

We __________ throw trash on the street.

We __________ fight.

We __________ recycle empty bottles.

We __________ litter.

We __________ waste energy.

We __________ help other people.

You __________ be kind to old people.

You __________ cross at the crosswalk.

You __________ be late for classes.

You __________ stand in line.

You __________ tell a lie.

The traffic light signal is red. We __________ wait here.

You __________ wear a helmet and ride a bike.

We __________ throw away trash into the river.

Children __________ play with a knife.

Drivers __________ obey safety rules.

We __________ carry matches to the mountains.

Students __________ run in the hallway.

You __________ touch an electric cord with a wet hand.

You __________ keep road sings and traffic light.

You __________ hide under a bed in a fire.

※ 다음 도서관에서 지켜야 할 내용으로 must 또는 must not 중 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

You ________ be quite.	You ________ eat anything.

You ________ play.	You ________ read books.

You ________ sing songs.

※ 다음 대화의 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 보기에서 고르시오.

① You must be careful.	② You must exercise every day.

③ You must sleep enough.	④ You must put on your coat.

⑤ You must see a dentist.	⑥ You must ask a policeman for help.

⑦ You must get up early in the morning.

A: I am tired.	B: ________________

A: I have a toothache.	B: ________________

A: I'm late for school.	B: ________________

A: I'm cold.	B: ________________

A: I broke the window.	B: ________________

A: I'm overweight.	B: ________________

A: I lost my way home.	B: ________________

※ 다음 주어진 문장을 지시대로 바꿔 쓰시오.

I have to study hard. (주어를 He)

→

Mike has to do his homework. (과거시제)

→

He has to buy a shirt for his brother. (의문문으로)

→

She have to go out and bought some bread. (부정문으로)

→

I have to meet my friend. (과거시제의 부정문으로)

→

※ 다음 일과표를 참고하여 빈칸에 have to 또는 don't have to 중 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

Welcome to Summer School
Morning get up - 6:00 a.m. wash face - 6:30 a.m. breakfast - 7:00 a.m. clean bedrooms - 7:30 a.m. go to class - 8:00 a.m.	Afternoon swim - 2:00 p.m. homework - 5:30 p.m. dinner - 7:30 p.m. shower - 8:30 p.m. go to bed - 9:00 p.m.

They __________________ get up at six.

They __________________ do their homework in the morning.

They __________________ swim before homework.

They __________________ clean bedrooms in the morning.

They __________________ take a shower after dinner.

They __________________ go to class before breakfast.

※ 다음 두 문장이 의미가 같도록 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

I will get up at six tomorrow.

= I ________ going to get up at six tomorrow.

Mina will meet her uncle tomorrow.

= Mina is ________ ________ meet her uncle tomorrow.

He will be an engineer in the future.

= He ________ ________ ________ be an engineer in the future.

They will visit the museum next Sunday.

= They ________ ________ ________ visit the museum next Sunday.

She won't swim in the sea.

= She ________ ________ ________ swim in the sea.

Are you going to meet my sister this weekend?

= ________ you meet my sister this weekend?

Alex isn't going to take a walk with her.

= Alex ________ take a walk with her.

He can drive a car.

= He is ________ to drive a car.

Alex can ride a bike.

= Alex ________ ________ ________ ride a bike.

I am able to play tennis. = I ________ play tennis.

Can you go with me?

= ________ you ________ ________ go with me?

You can use my computer.

= He ________ use my computer.

May I come in?

= ________ I come in?

We must go home before dark.

= We ________ ________ go home before dark.

He must walk to school.

= He ________ ________ walk to school.

You don't have to go to school on Sunday.

= You ________ ________ go to school on Sunday.

Must I go with you?

= ________ I ________ ________ go with you?

You must not fight with your friends.

= You ________ ________ fight with your friends.

= ________ fight with your friends.

※ 다음 어색한 부분을 바르게 고치시오.

Jane cans make me happy.

Can she drives a car?

He wills go to the zoo this Saturday.

Jane will gets up early tomorrow.

Will do you your homework before dinner?

Tom will is in the seventh grade nest year.

They are not going help me.

You may not to go there.

She mays have lunch now.

He must goes to bed at ten.

She must to do her best for this exam.

They have to be very happy.

Do you must sleep here?

Mom doesn't allow me to watch TV. I don't have to watch TV now.

She have to get up early yesterday.

※ 다음 주어진 문장이 올바른 것을 고르시오.

① He must comes home at noon.	② Will you play tennis tomorrow?

③ Alex has to be late for school.	④ Do I may ask you a question?

⑤ After dinner, you must have to study English.

① Can you tell me the time?	② Birds can't be able to fly.

③ You should are on a diet.	④ This book mays be good for you.

⑤ Bill will goes to the Seoul Computer Expo.

① It will be going to fine tomorrow.

② You do should well next time.

③ We will not be able to live here.

④ He may not comes to school today.

⑤ I don't can get up early in the morning.

① He is going come over to me tonight.

② Na-ri wills go to her uncle's farm next.

③ You will must help poor people.

④ May I come tomorrow morning at 9:00?

⑤ She has to go out and bought some bread.

제 5 장 빈도부사, 재귀대명사, 부정대명사

제 5 장 빈도부사, 재귀대명사, 부정대명사

(1) 빈도부사는 횟수나 정도를 나타내는 부사

① 종류: always, usually, often, sometimes, seldom, never

② 위치: be동사, 조동사 뒤, 일반동사 앞에 위치한다.

․ Susan is always late.

․ He will never get up late.

․ I seldom have coffee in the evening.

(2) 재귀대명사는 자신을 나타내는 말
단수	재귀대명사	복수	재귀대명사
1인칭	myself	1인칭	ourselves
2인칭	yourself	2인칭	yourselves
3인칭	himself, herself, itself	3인칭	themselves

(3) 재귀대명사의 쓰임

① 재귀적 용법 - 주어와 목적어가 동일한 경우 (생략불가능)

② 강조적 용법 - 주어나 목적어를 강조하는 경우 (생략가능)

③ 관용적 표현 - by oneself (= alone), for oneself (= without help)

․ He killed himself. (He = himself)

․ He killed him. (He ≠ him)

․ He went to the store by himself.

․ I did my homework for myself.

(4) 부정대명사는 정해지지 않은 막연한 사람이나 사물을 가리키는 것
① one과 it	one (복수형 ones)	it (복수형 (they)
	정해지지 않은 명사 하나 a(n) + 명사 → one	특정한 명사 하나 the(소유격) + 명사 → it
② some과 any	some	any
	긍정문, 권유문에 쓰임	부정, 의문, 조건문에 쓰임
③ one과 the other	둘 중 하나는 one, 나머지 하나는 the other 세 개인 경우 one, another, the other

A: I'm looking for a book.

B: Okay. How about this one? (one = a book)

A: I like it. (it = the book)

A: Do you have any ideas?

B: No, I don't have any ideas. But maybe he has some.

[비교] Any child can solve the problem.

․ There are two lamps. One is white, the other is green.

다음 단어의 관계가 다른 것은?

① always	② often	③ almost	④ never	⑤ sometimes

※ 다음 주어진 빈도부사를 넣어 문장을 다시 쓰시오.

He isn't honest. (always)

John makes fun of us. (always)

He comes home late in the evening. (usually)

I sleep for about 8 hours every night. (usually)

She tells us funny stories. (often)

They are late for school. (often)

She can't sleep well. (often)

Sometimes we play computer games together.

I made mistakes. (sometimes)

The lion is called the king of the beasts. (sometimes)

I break my promise. (never)

It will happen again. (never)

Tony is late for school. (seldom)

※ 다음 두 문장이 같도록 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

I go to bed at ten every day. = I ______ go to bed at ten.

① never	② always	③ often	④ usually	⑤ sometimes

He doesn't know me at all. = He ______ knows me.

① never	② always	③ often	④ usually	⑤ sometimes

Don't swim in this river. = ______ swim in this river.

① never	② always	③ often	④ usually	⑤ sometimes

We go to that restaurant from time to time.

= We ______ go to that restaurant.

① never	② always	③ often	④ usually	⑤ sometimes

In general we work eight hours a day.

= We ______ work eight hours a day.

① never	② always	③ often	④ usually	⑤ sometimes

So-ra gets up at seven o‘clock all the time.

= So-ra ______ gets up at seven o‘clock.

① never	② always	③ often	④ usually	⑤ sometimes

※ 다음은 Susan의 일과표이다. 보기에서 알맞은 말을 골라 쓰시오.

하는 일＼요일	월	화	수	목	금	토
study English	O	O	O	O	O	O
wash the dishes		O		O		O
be late for school

[보기] often, always, never

Susan _______ studies English.

Susan _______ washes the dishes.

Susan is _______ late for school.

다음 글을 읽고 표에 해당하는 곳에 O표하시오.

My friend Min-su goes to bed late but gets up early. He does some exercises every morning. He goes to school by bike. Sometimes he takes a bus to school. He doesn't eat much. He often plays computer games. But he never watches TV. He plays basketball with his friends on weekends.

My friend Min-su	Yes	No
(1) 일찍 잔다
(2) 일찍 일어난다.
(3) 매일 아침 운동을 한다
(4) 자전거를 타고 학교에 간다
(5) 음식을 많이 먹는다.
(6) 컴퓨터 게임을 자주 한다.
(7) TV를 자주 본다
(8) 주말에는 농구를 한다.

※ 다음 자신의 입장에서 얼마나 자주 하는지 보기의 말을 첨가하여 쓰시오.

always, usually, often, sometimes, never

I go to the library after school.

I go to the movies on Sunday.

I listen to the radio after dinner.

I play basketball with my friends on weekends.

다음 주어진 문장이 올바른 것은?

① Do always you wear jeans?

② I never don't catch a cold in winter.

③ He comes usually home late in the evening.

④ We play sometimes computer games together.

⑤ Sora often didn't listen to her friends' problems.

다음 주어진 문장이 어색한 것은?

① Mike sometimes wastes water.

② I never fight with my friends.

③ Mr. Kim always is kind to the students.

④ He doesn't often finish all of her food.

⑤ What do you usually enjoy on Sundays?

다음 두 문장의 의미를 같도록 할 때 빈칸에 알맞은 것은?

․ Semi doesn't go to school by bike at all.

= Semi ________ goes to school by bike.

① never	② always	③ often	④ usually	⑤ sometimes

다음 글의 내용과 일치하는 것은?

Jim has too much homework. He usually studies 10 hours a day. He has headaches every day.

① Jim has never homework.	② Jim always studies after dinner.

③ Jim always has a headache.	④ Jim sometimes has a headache.

⑤ Jim studies ten hours every day.

다음 글의 내용과 일치하지 않는 것은?

I always walk to school. It takes 20 minutes to go to school. I usually eat lunch at 12:30. I always finish all my lunch. I usually go shopping in the afternoon. I always use paper bags. I usually recycle paper, glass and cans. I always wash my hair at night. I wash my hair three times a week. I always wash my hair with shampoo. And I sometimes use hairspray.

① 나는 대체로 재활용을 한다.

② 나는 오후에 쇼핑을 한다.

③ 나는 보통 12시 30분에 점심을 먹는다.

④ 나는 종종 헤어스프레이를 사용한다.

⑤ 나는 가끔 밤에 머리를 감는다.

다음 글의 내용과 일치하는 것은?

So-ra goes to school at eight o'clock. School starts at nine o'clock. So-ra is never late for school. She likes English and science. Her class usually finishes at three o'clock. She often plays badminton after school.

① 수업은 8시 정각에 시작한다.	② 소라는 가끔 학교에 지각한다.

③ 소라는 영어와 수학을 좋아한다.	④ 수업은 대체로 3시 정각에 끝난다.

⑤ 소라는 항상 방과후 배드민턴을 한다.

다음 글의 내용과 일치하지 않는 것은?

So-ra and her friends have a good time at school. So-ra usually comes home at six. She sometimes watches TV before dinner. She usually does her homework after dinner. She usually goes to bed at ten thirty, but she goes to bed around eleven thirty on Saturdays. She has a busy day.

① 소라는 일반적으로 6시에 집에 온다.

② 소라는 때때로 식사 후 TV를 본다.

③ 소라는 대체로 저녁에 숙제를 한다.

④ 소라는 대체로 10시 30에 잔다.

⑤ 소라는 매주 토요일에는 11시쯤에 잔다.

다음 재귀대명사 표를 완성하시오.

단수	재귀대명사	복수	재귀대명사
1인칭		1인칭
2인칭		2인칭
3인칭		3인칭

다음 짝지어진 단어의 관계가 어색한 것은?

① I - myself	② you - yourself	③ he - himself

④ she - herself	⑤ they - theyselves

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 재귀대명사를 쓰시오.

I did it __________.

He killed __________.

We enjoyed __________ at the party.

She went there by __________.

They __________ did the work.

You should be proud of __________.

Mike introduced __________.

Don't go there ________ ________ at night. (= alone)

I do everything ________ ________. (= without help)

다음 우리말을 같도록 빈칸에 알맞은 말은?

그는 잠시 혼잣말로 중얼거렸다.

→ He said to ________ for a moment.

① him	② himself	③ oneself	④ them	⑤ themselves

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

She decided to live by ________ in the country.

① her	② hers	③ herself

He ________ said so.

① his	② him	③ himself

They enjoyed ________ a lot at the party.

① theyself	② theirselves	③ themselves

My name is In-ho. I helped my mother. I felt proud of ________.

① myself	② herself	③ himself	④ yourself	⑤ ourselves

A: Help ________ to the bread, Bob.

B: Thank you.

① you	② your	③ yours	④ yourself	⑤ youself

A: I just hate myself.

B: Don't say that. You should love ________.

① myself	② yourself	③ herself	④ himself	⑤ ourselves

※ 다음 주어진 문장을 해석하시오.

He killed himself.

Make yourself at home.

Take care of yourself.

Know yourself.

Help yourself to the dishes.

Did you enjoy yourself at the party?

Tom said to himself, “I will do my best.“

I went there by myself.

I live alone. I'm cooking for myself.

다음 밑줄친 부분을 생략 할 수 있는 것은?

① I want to see Susan herself.	② He goes to bed by himself.

③ Help yourself to the dishes.	④ She said to herself, “I can do it.”

⑤ Did you enjoy yourself at the party?

다음 밑줄친 부분의 쓰임이 다른 것은?

① He himself did it.	② She did her homework herself.

③ I myself finished the work.	④ You must make it yourself.

⑤ They are talking about themselves.

다음 밑줄친 부분을 생략할 수 없는 것은?

① He is drawing himself.	② I was happy myself.

③ You can do it yourself.	④ They went there themselves.

⑤ We solved the problem ourselves.

다음 대화 이후에 이어질 Hassan의 행동은?

Host: Thank you for coming.

Hassan: Thank you for inviting me.

friend: Help yourself!

① 설거지를 한다.	② 음식을 먹는다.	③ 친구를 도와 준다.

④ 음식 준비를 한다.	⑤ 집으로 돌아간다.

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

Minho: Excuse me. Are you Kim Mira?

Mira: Yes. May I help you?

Minho: Yes, Please. But let me introduce __________ first. My name is Kim Minho. I'm a new student here.

① myself	② herself	③ himself	④ yourself	⑤ ourselves

Host: Hi, friend. Thank you for coming. Can I take your coat?

Friend: Thank you.

Host: The food is over there. ___________

Friend: Thank you. What a great party!

① Help yourself.	② Know yourself.

③ Be proud of yourself.	④ Take care of yourself.

⑤ I really enjoyed myself.

Bob: By the way, do you remember the concert last month?

Sujin: Yes. I remember it well. The songs were wonderful!

Bob: Right. ___________

Sujin: I did, too.

① Help yourself.	② Know yourself.

③ Be proud of yourself.	④ Take care of yourself.

⑤ I really enjoyed myself.

※ 다음 밑줄친 부분이 가리키는 말을 쓰시오.

(one = ____________)

A: I didn't a bring a pen. Can I borrow one?

B: Sure.

(it = ____________)

A: Do you have my pen?

B: Yes, I have it.

※ 다음 괄호 안에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

I lost my watch. (One, It) was new.

I lost my watch. I think that I must buy (one, it).

He bought books. (Ones, They) was nice.

Jane likes white shoes, but I like black (ones, them).

A: Do you have a pen?	B: Yes, I have (one, it).

A: Do you have my notebook?	B: Yes, I have (one, it).

A: I didn't bring my pen.	B: Do you need (one, it)?

I have (some, any) books.

Do you have (some, any) books?

Will you have (some, any) milk?

(Some, Any) of them are from North Korea.

I didn't see (some, any) of my classmates.

I'll send you (some, any) of them.

Do you have (some, any) good news for me?

There isn't (some, any) food in the refrigerator.

I bought (some, any) cheese at the supermarket yesterday.

We don't have (some, any) sugar.

(Some, Any) people like to study in the morning.

If you have (some, any) problem, tell me.

Here are (some, any) apples.

He's on a diet. He doesn't want (some, any).

I made (some, any) mistakes on the exam.

I didn't make (some, any) mistakes on the exam.

I have (some, any) money.

I don't have (some, any) money.

Would you like to have (some, any) coffee?

I'd like to have (some, any) coffee.

I bought (some, any) food.

I didn't buy (some, any) food.

This is not good enough. Show me (one, the other, another).

There are two balls in the box. (One, The other) is red, and (one, the other) is green.

I have three uncles. (One, The other, Another) is a doctor, (one, the other, another) is a farmer, and (one, the other, another) is a soldier.

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

A: I want some apples, please.

B: Sure. I got some new ______ today, but they're in my truck.

① ones	② one	③ it	④ them	⑤ thing

A: Do you have a watch?

B: Yes, I have _________. _________ is very small.

① the watch, That	② it, It	③ one, It

④ one, A watch	⑤ a watch, That

다음 빈칸에 'it'이 들어갈 수 없는 것은?

① What time is _____?

② Where is my pen? Do you have _____?

③ Look at the dog. _____ is really cute.

④ I don't have a pen. Do you have _____?

⑤ I like this book. _____ is very funny.

제 6 장 비인칭주어(It), 유도부사(There)

제 6 장 비인칭주어(It), 유도부사(There)

(1) 비인칭주어란는 시간, 계절, 날씨, 거리, 명암, 계절, 요일 등을 나타낼 때 주어로 it을 쓰는데 이때 it을 비인칭주어라 하며 ‘그것’라고 해석하지 않는다.

․ What time is it?	․ It is spring now.

․ It rained yesterday.	․ It‘s getting dark.

․ How far is it from here to the station?

[비교] It is my notebook.

(2) There + be동사 + 주어 + 장소 (～에 ...이 있다)

(There은 해석하지 않는다) [There is + 단수명사 / There are + 복수명사]

․ There is a book on the desk.

․ There are two books on the desk.

[비교] We there go there by bus.

(3) 부정문: There be동사 + not ～.	의문문: Be동사 there ～?

․ There are not two balls in the box.

․ Is there a ball in the box?	- Yes, there is. / No, there isn't.

(4) 주어 + be동사 + 장소 (～가 있다) → There + be동사 + 주어 + 장소

․ A map is on the wall.

= There is a map on the wall.

(5) There be동사 A in B. = B has A.

․ There is a bed in the room.

= The room has a bed.

다음 빈칸에 공통으로 알맞은 것은?

․ _________ is very cold. ․ _________ snows a lot.

① It	② We	③ That	④ This	⑤ There

※ 다음 밑줄친 It의 의미가 다른 것을 고르시오.

① It's cool today.	② It's nine ten.	③ It's mine.

④ It's October 7.	⑤ It's Sunday.

① It's my school.	② It's cool today.	③ What time is it in Korea?

④ It's Saturday.	⑤ It's bright in the room.

① It's winter.	② It's dark.	③ It's June.

④ It's fine today.	⑤ It's my CD.

① It's summer.	② It's 10 o'clock.	③ It's two kilometers.

④ It's a bag.	⑤ It's 32 degrees.

① What date is it?	② It's very cute.	③ It's snowing hard.

④ It's May the first.	⑤ It takes just five minutes.

① It is your pencil.	② It tastes good.	③ It was my mistake.

④ It is like a bear.	⑤ It rained yesterday.

① It's 10,000 won.	② What is it?	③ It will rain in the evening.

④ It looks nice.	⑤ I like it very much.

※ 다음은 세계 여러 도시의 어느 날 날씨이다. 질문에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

City	Seoul	London	Moscow	Singapore
Weather

How's the weather in Seoul?

How's the weather in London?

How's the weather in Moscow?

How's the weather in Singapore?

※ 다음 대화의 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 보기에서 고르시오.

① It’s snowing now. ② It's raining. ③ It's very hot now.

A: How's the weather in Seoul?

B: __________ People need a fan.

A: How's the weather in Australia?

B: __________ People are going skiing.

A: How's the weather in England?

B: __________ People are carrying umbrellas.

다음 글에서 날씨 변화를 우리말로 순서대로 쓰시오.

Today it was sunny. So Mina and I went on a picnic. We went to the park. But suddenly it became cloudy and windy. And then it rained. We didn't have umbrellas. We were all wet. Today the weather changed a lot.

____________ → ____________ → ____________

다음 표의 내용과 일치하지 않는 대화는?

도시	서울	런던	모스크바	홍콩	뉴욕
날씨	sunny	rainy	snowy	cloudy	windy
기온	15℃	10℃	-25℃	35℃	18℃

① A: How's the weather in Seoul?

B: It's sunny and cool.

② A: What's the weather like in London?

B: It's rainy and cool.

③ A: Is it cloudy and cold in Hong Kong?

B: Yes, it is.

④ A: How's the weather in Moscow?

B: It's snowy and cold.

⑤ A: Is it sunny in New York?

B: No. It's windy and cool.

다음 글의 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 보기에서 골라 순서대로 쓰시오.

hot, cold, cool, warm

In Korea we have four different seasons. The weather is beautiful. Spring begins in March. It's pleasant and _________. Sometimes it's windy and a little cold. Many flowers come up in this season. Spring is short. Summer begins in June. I like summer. It's very _________ and rains a lot. We can go to the beach. Fall comes after summer. The weather is clear and _________. The leaves turn red and yellow. They are so beautiful. Also, there are a lot of different fruits. Winter is the last season of the year. It's _________ and windy. Also, it's dry. We can go skating or skiing.

※ 다음 괄호 안에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

There (is, are) an apple in the box.

There (is, are) many children in the park.

There (was, were) a lot of delicious food.

There (was, were) a lot of children in the park.

There is (an umbrella, a lot of albums) on the table?

(Is, Are) there any special food on for New Year's Day?

In the cities, there (was, were) big holiday events.

There (was, were) so many post offices in Gyeongju.

There (was, were) great events in some cities in Canada.

There (is, are) a lot of seats and a large screen in theaters.

There (is, are) no classes on Saturday and Sunday.

There (is, are) a famous restaurant in the town.

In spring, there (is, are) so many flowers.

In summer, there (is, are) no more school.

In fall, there (is, are) lots of different fruits.

In winter, there (is, are) snow and wind.

There (is, are) a zebra in the grass.

There (is, are) many monkeys in the trees.

There (is, are) an elephant in the zoo.

There (is, are) some water in the lake.

There (is, are) some grass under the tree.

There (is, are) birds in the zoo.

There (is, are) lots of fish in the water.

There (is, are) a rock near the tree.

There (is, are) little rain in L. A.

There (is, are) five birds on the tree.

There (is, are) some milk in the glass.

There (was, were) a letter in the mailbox.

There (was, were) a car accident.

There (wasn't, weren't) holes in the first doughnuts.

There (is, are) about 300,000 fast food restaurants in the US.

(Is, Are) there many fast food restaurants in Korea?

Today, there (is, are) a TV set in nearly every home.

There (is, are) three kinds of bees.

There (is, are) many interesting sites on the Internet.

(Is, Are) there a nice beach around here?

There (is, are) a nice girl in the science club.

※ 빈칸에 알맞은 be동사를 쓰고 지시대로 고치시오.

There ______ a picture on the wall.

부정문:

의문문:	Yes, _________ ______.

There ______ many books on the desk.

부정문:

의문문:	No, _________ ______.

There ______ much snow in winter.

부정문:

의문문:	Yes, _________ ______.

There ______ also apples in the basket.

부정문:

의문문:	Yes, _________ ______.

There ______ a computer on the desk.

부정문:

의문문:	No, _________ ______.

There ______ much rain in summer.

부정문:

의문문:	No, _________ ______.

There ______ a map on the wall.

부정문:

의문문:	Yes, _________ ______.

There ______ some letters for her.

부정문:

의문문:	Yes, _________ ______.

There ______ a few banks in Wonju.

부정문:

의문문:	No, _________ ______.

※ 다음 밑줄친 부분의 쓰임이 다른 것을 고르시오.

① There is a box on the desk.

② There are two students in the classroom.

③ There is a zoo in the park.

④ There comes our teacher.

⑤ There are many flowers in the vase.

① There are many people in the park.

② We can see many flowers there.

③ Are there any girls in the room?

④ Is there a map in your classroom?

⑤ There is a cat on the floor.

① The library is over there.

② You can see many history sites there.

③ How do we get there from here?

④ I will ask my parents taking me there.

⑤ Between classes there is a three-minute break.

① There they meet Mr. Han.

② There is a beautiful building over there.

③ There is a boy at the bus stop.

④ There are also many museums in Paris.

⑤ There is a bookstore on 7th Street.

다음 문장이 어색한 것은?

① Is there a library in your school?

② Are there any balls in the box?

③ There are a picture on the wall.

④ There is no orange on the table.

⑤ There are many computers in my school.

다음 문장이 올바른 것은?

① There is many books in this room.

② There is some money on the table.

③ There is four seasons in Korea.

④ There is ticket machines in the stations.

⑤ Is there any famous places in your country?

※ 다음 대화의 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

A: Is there a dog under the tree?

B: _______________________

① Yes, there is.	② Yes, there are.	③ Yes, they are.

④ No, there is.	⑤ No, there aren't

A: Excuse me. Is there a bookstore nearby?

B: ______________ There's one next to the post office.

① No, it isn't.	② Yes, it is.	③ Yes, there is.

④ Yes, there are.	⑤ No, there isn't.

A: Are there any apples in the basket?

B: _______________________

① No, they aren't.	② Yes, I have.

③ No, there are some apples.	④ Yes, there is no basket.

⑤ Yes, there is one apples.

다음 밑줄친 부분이 어색한 것은?

I live in Seoul. Seoul is ①the capital of Korea. It's about 600 years old. ②There is many old palaces in Seoul. ③There are also ③a lot of people and cars. ⑤Many tourists visit Seoul.

다음 빈칸에 알맞은 것은?

One day Min-su and Cathy were on the subway. The subway stopped. An old couple got in. The subway was crowded. ____________ Min-su told Cathy, "Let's get up!" "Sure," said Cathy. "We should respect old people," Min-su said. Min-su and Cathy got up. The old couple sat down.

① There was no seats.	② There were no seats.

③ There was a lot of seats.	④ There were a lot of seats.

⑤ There were many seats.

다음 밑줄친 부분이 가리키는 것이 다른 것은?

I live in ①London. London is ②the capital of the United Kingdom. ③It's about 2,000 years old. There are many famous buildings in ④this city. Do you know about Buckingham Palace? The Queen lives ⑤there.

※ 다음 글에서 밑줄친 부분이 가리키는 곳을 쓰시오.

Su-jin went shopping with Cathy yesterday. They went to a big supermarket downtown. It was noisy there. Hundreds of people were shopping at the same time. There were many interesting things in the supermarkets. Su-jin got some bread and milk. Cathy got shampoo and toothpaste.

After shopping they were a little tired and hungry. They sat down in the snack bar. Su-jin bought a slice of pizza and a cup of ice cream. Cathy drank a Coke. She also had a doughnut. They stayed there a long time. They had a good time.

This is our school. It's 37 years old. There are 780 students and 34 teachers. We have a computer center and a library. We have a gym and a music room, too.

※ 다음 그림을 보고 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

	There ________ two mice on the table. There ________ a cat under the table. There ________ a dog on the chair.

	There is a cat ________ the table. There are mice two ________ the table. There is a dog ________ the chair.

	There is a ________ on the table. There is a ________ under the table. There are two ________ on the chair.

	There ________ ________ ________ under the table. There ________ ________ ________ on the chair. There ________ ________ ________ under the chair.

※ 다음 두 문장이 같도록 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

There are flowers in the garden. = The garden ________ flowers.

In Korea there are four season. = In Korea we ________ four seasons.

My house has three bedrooms.

= ________ are three bedrooms in my house.

We have a lot of rain in summer. = ________ rains a lot in summer.

Today is cold. = ________ is cold today.

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오

There are __________ minutes in an hour.

There are __________ hours in a day.

There are __________ days in a week.

There are __________ months in a year.

There are __________ seasons in a year.

※ 다음 보기와 같이 두 문장의 뜻이 같도록 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

There are many old palaces in Seoul.

= Seoul has many old palaces.

There are many beautiful parks in London.

= London __________________________________

Are there any special foods for Chuseok?

= Do you __________________________________

Do you have any good books about it?

= Are there __________________________________

제 7 장 명령문, 감탄문

제 7 장 명령문, 감탄문

1. 명령문은 상대방에게 지시하는 문장으로 동사원형으로 시작하는 문장이다.

(1) 긍정명령문	동사원형으로 시작 (～해라)	명령, 충고
[참고] 명령문을 좀더 부드럽게 하기 위해서 문장 앞, 또는 뒤에 please를 붙인다. 특히 please가 문장 뒤에 쓰일 때 please 앞에 콤마(,)를 찍는다.

․ Alex reads the book. → Alex, read the book.

․ Please be quiet. = Be quiet, please.

(2) 부정명령문	Don't + 동사원형 (～하지 마라) Never + 동사원형 (절대 ～하지 마라)	명령, 충고, 금지
[참고] 부정명령문 = You must not 동사원형

․ Don't run in the classroom. = You must not run in the classroom

․ Never be late. = You must not be late.

(3) 간접명령문	Let's + 동사원형 (～하자)	제안, 권유

․ Let's take a walk.	․ Don't let's be angry. = Let's not be angry.

2. 감탄문은 기쁨, 슬픔, 놀라움 등의 감정을 나타내는 문장으로 what 또는 how로 시작하며 문장 끝에 감탄부호(!)를 붙인다.

(1) How로 시작하는 감탄문 형용사(부사)를 감탄 할 때 이용	(2) What으로 시작하는 감탄문 명사를 감탄 할 때 이용
How 형용사 (주어 동사)! How 부사 (주어 동사)!	What a 형용사 단수명사 (주어 동사)! What 형용사 복수명사 (주어 동사)!
※ 주어 동사를 생략하는 경우가 많다. very 대신 really가 쓰일 수 도 있다.

․ He is very tall.	→ How tall (he is)!

․ He runs very fast.	→ How fast he runs!

․ He is a very tall boy.	→ What a tall boy (he is)!

․ They are very tall boys.	→ What tall boys they are!

다음 명령문에 해당하는 것은?

① Mike, open the door.	② Mike opens the door.

③ Mike opened the door.	④ Mike doesn't open the door.

⑤ Mike, would you please open the door?

※ 다음 문장의 해석을 보기에서 고르시오.

① 음악을 들어라.	② 음악을 듣자.

③ 음악을 듣지 마라.	④ 음악을 듣지 말자.

⑤ 너는 음악을 듣는다.	⑥ 절대 음악을 듣지 마라.

⑦ 너는 음악을 듣지 않는다.

You listen to music.	Listen to music.

Don't listen to music.	You don't listen to music.

Never listen to music.	Let's listen to music.

Let's not listen to music.

※ 다음 괄호 안에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

Mary, (come, comes) here.

(Don't, Not) swim here.

Tom, (don't, doesn't) eat too much.

John, (do, be) quiet.

(Do, Be) kind to others, John.

(Don't, Be) go outside. It's raining.

Let's (not, no) play soccer here.

※ 다음 주어진 문장을 지시대로 쓰시오.

You go home now. (명령문으로)

You are quiet. (please를 붙여 명령문으로)

Mina opens the door. (명령문으로)

You are angry. (부정명령문으로)

You tell me about it. (부정명령문으로)

He doesn't make a noise. (부정명령문으로)

Mike opens the window. (부정명령문으로)

You are angry. (please를 붙여 부정명령문으로)

We go to the movies tonight. (제안하는 명령문으로)

Let's cross the street here. (금지하는 명령문으로)

※ 다음 우리말을 참고하여 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

일어서라.

________ up.

제발 교실에서 떠들지 마세요.

________ ________ make a noise in the classroom.

회의에 늦지 마라.

________ ________ late for the meeting.

다른 사람들에게 친절해라.

________ ________ to others.

걱정하지 마.

________ worry.

도서관에 가자.

________ go to the library.

친구들과 싸우지 말자.

________ ________ fight with friends.

※ 다음 주어진 낱말을 이용해 우리말에 알맞게 영작하시오.

Tom은 그녀를 돕는다. (help)

Tom은 그녀를 돕지 않는다. (help)

Tom, 그녀를 도와라. (help)

Tom, 그녀를 도와주세요. (help)

Tom, 그녀를 도와주자. (help)

Tom, 그녀를 돕지 마라. (help)

Tom, 수업에 늦지 마라. (late for class)

※ 다음 우리말을 참고하여 괄호 안의 낱말을 배열하시오.

너의 책을 펴라. (your, book, open)

일어서시오. (up, please, stand)

다시는 늦지 마라. (be, do, late not, again)

※ 다음은 Sally의 어머니께서 Sally에게 남긴 메모이다. 보기에서 알맞은 말을 골라 쓰시오.

eat, wake, make, do, watch

________ your homework.	Don't ________ any phone calls.

Don't ________ television.	________ your dinner.

Don't ________ the baby.

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 보기에서 골라 쓰시오.

Hurry, Sit, Clean, Close

Are you cold? ________ the window.

________ down, please.

We're late for school. ________ up.

The room is so dirty. ________ the room.

※ 다음과 같은 상황에서 할 수 있는 말을 보기에서 고르시오.

① Wear a helmet.

② Don't make a noise.

③ Watch out. You must stop at the red light.

A boy is running and shouting in the library.

The traffic signal is red, but your friends are crossing the street.

A boy is riding a bike on the roadway. He doesn't wear a helmet.

※ 다음 학급 규칙을 만들 때 Let's 또는 Let's not 중 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

__________ fight with friends.

__________ study hard.

__________ run around.

__________ clean our classroom.

__________ eat in class.

__________ listen to the teacher.

__________ help each other.

__________ make a noise.

__________ throw paper in the wastebasket.

__________ be late for school.

__________ draw on the walls.

__________ talk with friends in class.

__________ read comic books in class.

__________ use cellular phones in class.

__________ read many kinds of books.

__________ bother friends.

__________ sleep in class.

__________ write something on the desk.

__________ take good notes.

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

① Let's eat.	② Let's hurry up.

③ Let's go hiking.	④ Let's take a rest.

⑤ Let's stand in line.	⑥ Let's watch some TV.

My favorite drama is now on TV. _______________

I can't walk any more. _______________

The weather is so beautiful today. _______________

Dinner is ready. _______________

There's a long line. _______________

We are late. _______________

※ 다음 서로 관련 있는 문장을 보기에서 고르시오.

① Let's go home.	② Let's play soccer.

③ Let's go swimming.	④ Let's make snowballs.

It's a hot day.	School is over.

We have much snow.	It's boring.

※ 다음 자연스러운 문장이 되도록 알맞은 말을 보기에서 고르시오.

① basketball after school	② a toy car

③ at the bus station	④ to my uncle's farm

⑤ apples and bananas	⑥ a letter to our teacher

⑦ the sports club	⑧ the poor boy

Let's play ____________.	Let's go ____________.

Let's make ____________.	Let's meet ____________.

Let's eat ____________.	Let's help ____________.

Let's write ____________.	Let's join ____________.

※ 다음 보기와 같이 주어진 낱말을 이용하여 문장을 완성하시오.

A: Let's take a walk. (take a walk / tired)

B: No, let's not take a walk. I'm tired.

(play tennis / busy)

A: _____________________________.

B: ________, _________________________. _______________.

(go swimming / sick)

A: _____________________________.

B: ________, _________________________. _______________.

(play soccer / sleepy)

A: _____________________________.

B: ________, _________________________. _______________.

(go to the park / hungry)

A: _____________________________.

B: ________, _________________________. _______________.

※ 다음 두 문장의 의미가 같도록 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

You must not be late again. = __________ be late again.

Don't let's help her. = Let's __________ help her.

Go out, please. = __________ go out.

※ 다음 표지판을 참고하여 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

__________ left.

__________ straight.

__________ ride a bike.

Don't ______.

Don't ______ here.

다음 밑줄친 부분과 반대되는 뜻을 가진 말은?

․ Please sit down here.

① get in	② stand up	③ look for	④ wait for	⑤ clean up

※ 다음 빈칸에 들어갈 수 없는 것을 고르시오.

__________ cross the street.

① Please	② Don't	③ Let's	④ Be	⑤ I

Let's ___________.

① be quiet	② stays here	③ use this computer

④ go to the library	⑤ meet at your house

다음 우리말을 영어로 바르게 옮긴 것은?

․ 학교에 늦지 말아라.

① Don't late for school.	② Be not late for school.

③ Don't be late for school.	④ I don't be late for school.

⑤ I am not late for school.

다음 주어진 낱말과 같은 문장은?

․ Don't make a noise in the library.

① You will make a noise in the library.

② You won't make a noise in the library.

③ You must make a noise in the library.

③ You must not make a noise in the library.

④ Let's not make a noise in the library.

다음 대화의 빈칸에 들어갈 수 없는 것은?

A: Let's go outside and play.

B: _______________.

① No, let's not.	② Why not?	③ Yes, let's.

④ Yes, I do.	⑤ OK. Let's

※ 다음 대화의 빈칸에 알맞은 것을 고르시오.

A: Let's go to a movie this Sunday.

B: _________ I have a test on Monday.

① Yes, let's.	② Sounds great.

③ Sorry, I can't.	④ No, I don't.

⑤ That's a good idea.

A: Tomorrow is Sudong's birthday.

B: _______________

① Let's go on a picnic.	② Let's listen to the teacher.

③ Let's take a taxi.	④ Let's have lunch.

⑤ Let's buy a present.

A: Let's cross the street here.

B: ____________ The taxi almost hit you.

① Watch out!	② Don't worry!

③ Cheer Up!	④ Don't be late!

⑤ Help me, please!

A: Alex, you don't look well. What's the matter with you?

B: I have a toothache.

A: ____________

B: Oh, no, Mom.

① Let's make it at three.	② Let's go out and play.

③ Let's go shopping.	④ Let's go to the dentist.

⑤ Let's hurry up.

※ 다음 짝지어진 대화가 어색한 것을 고르시오.

① A: I'm hot.	B: Have something cold.

② A: I'm thirsty.	B: Drink some water.

③ A: I'm cold.	B: Put on your coat.

④ A: I'm sleepy.	B: Go to bed.

⑤ A: I'm tired.	B: Take off your shoes.

① A: Let's play table tennis.	B: OK. That's great.

② A: Jane, let's go on a picnic.	B: Yes, let's. I have to help Mom.

③ A: Let's have more apples.	B: No, let's not. I'm full.

④ A: Let's not play here.	B: OK, let's not.

⑤ A: Let's go to the library.	B: I'm sorry, but I can't.

다음 빈칸에 알맞은 것은?

I have exam tomorrow. So, I am studying in my room. But my brother is running and talking loudly with his friend. I say to them, "__________"

① Don't worry.	② Help yourself.	③ Be quiet, please.

④ Don't smoke here.	⑤ Have some more.

다음 환경보호의 실천방안을 제안한 것으로 어색한 것은?

① We waste paper.	→ Let's cut trees.

② We waste much food.	→ Let's finish our meal.

③ We often use plastic bags.	→ Let's use paper bags.

④ There are too many cars.	→ Let's ride a bike.

⑤ Many people use shampoo.	→ Let's wash our hair with soap.

다음은 무엇에 관한 글인가?

․ Don't hide under a bed or in a closet.

․ Is your room full of smoke? Keep down close to the floor.

․ Do you have fire on your clothes? STOP, DROP, and ROLL.

① 운동 규칙	② 교통 안전	③ 화재시 대피법

④ 질병 예방	⑤ 화재 예방

다음 대화에서 민수의 잘못된 행동은?

Cathy: Hurry up! We are late.

Min-su: Let's cross the street here.

Cathy: No, that way. This is not the crosswalk.

Min-su: Oh, come on! Don't waste time.

Cathy: Watch out! That taxi almost hit you.

Min-su: Oh, my goodness!

Cathy: You should be careful!

① 인도에 휴지를 버리려고 했다.

② 인도에서 자전거를 타려고 했다.

③ 교통신호를 지키지 않으려고 했다.

④ 지하철에서 줄을 서지 않으려고 했다.

⑤ 횡단보도가 아닌 곳에서 길을 건너려고 했다.

※ 다음 주어진 낱말을 형용사(부사), 명사, 동사를 구분하여 쓰시오.

tall, girl, kind, is, are, run, fast, pretty, happy, friend, old, player, nice

형용사(부사)

명사

동사

※ 다음 빈칸에 How 또는 What 중 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

________ kind you are!

________ a large animal this is!

________ sweet juice this is!

________ funny his face is!

________ beautiful girls they are!

________ tall the trees are!

________ tall trees they are!

________ hard he works!

________ fast the horse is running!

________ pretty toys the babies have!

※ 다음 얼굴 표정과 관련 있는 문장을 보기에서 고르시오.

① How sad! ② How exciting! ③ How beautiful! ④ How amazing!

※ 다음 두 문장의 의미가 같도록 문장을 완성하시오.

Mary is very smart. → How ___________________________!

The boy is very kind. → How ___________________________!

My first trip was very interesting. → How __________________________!

It's a very pretty doll. → What __________________________!

How beautiful she is! → She __________________________.

※ 다음 감탄문은 평서문으로 평서문은 감탄문으로 고치시오.

You are very tall.

You are a very tall boy.

This book is very good.

She is a very beautiful lady.

How nice this car is!

He has a very big head.

These are very big cats.

He runs very fast.

She wears very colorful pants.

We really had a good time.

What a nice player he is!

How happy I am!

What short legs they are!

How wonderful the world is!

What a great son he has!

※ 다음 대화의 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 보기에서 고르시오.

① How big!	② How busy!	③ How boring! ④ How nice!

A: The house is very big.	B: ____________________

A: I watch television on Sundays.	B: ____________________

A: Look at those students.	B: ____________________

A: Look at those pictures.	B: ____________________

※ 다음 문장을 보기와 같이 주어진 낱말로 시작하여 쓰시오.

․ This house is very beautiful.

→ How beautiful this house is!

→ What a beautiful house this is!

This car is very old.

→ How

→ What

These are very nice presents.

→ How

→ What

This is a very beautiful flower.

→ How

→ What

※ 다음 주어진 문장의 어색한 부분을 고치시오.

How kind is the girl!

What beautiful lady she is!

How a wonderful world it is!

What pretty this dress is!

※ 다음 주어진 단어를 배열하시오.

an / game / it / interesting / is / what / !

what / house / big / a / is / it / !

kind / she / how / is / !

is / long / the / how / movie / !

다음 두 문장이 같은 뜻이 되도록 할 때, 빈칸에 순서대로 알맞은 말은?

․ ________ a beautiful garden it is! = ________ beautiful the garden is!

① How, Very	② What, How	③ How, What

④ Very, What	⑤ Very, How

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

Today is Sunday. It is fine. Father, Mother, and I are going on a picnic. Everyone is very happy. _______________

① How a wonderful day!	② How wonderful day!

③ What a wonderful day!	④ What wonderful day.

⑤ How a wonderful day.

Min-su and Mike sat down by the wall. “She did not count out your change for you,“ Mike whispered. “What do you mean?“ asked Min-su. “Subtract 4,600 from 5,000 won. That leaves 400 won.“ “In the U.S., the clerk usually counts out the change for you,“ said Mike. “She should count 700, 800, 900, 5,000 won.“ “Oh, really?“ Min-su said. “That's very interesting. We do not usually count out the change.“ “________________ We have another difference.“

① How sad!	② How happy!	③ How surprised!

④ How interesting!	⑤ What a pity!

다음 글의 빈칸에 순서대로 알맞은 것은?

Helen Keller was born in United States in 1880. She was fine until she was eighteen months old. Then, she became very sick. When she got better, she couldn't see or hear at all. ____________ When she was almost seven years old, a lady came to teach her. She was Anne Sulliban. She changed Helen's life. Helen learned to write, to read, and even to talk. After school, Helen became a teacher, Helen herself had problems, but she helped other people with problem all her life. ____________

① How terrible! - How amazing!	② How pretty! - What a pity!

③ How amazing! - How sad!	④ What a surprise! - How fast!

⑤ That's incredible! - How terrible!

※ 다음 대화의 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

Mike: Hey, Min-su! Let me show you something.

Min-su: OK. What is it?

Mike: Write down three numbers in a row.

Min-su: Go ahead. I'm ready.

Mike: Write down the same three numbers backwards. Subtract the smaller number from the bigger number.

Min-su: OK. I did.

Mike: The answer is 198.

Min-su: Wow. ________________ How did you know?

Mike: It's a secret.

① How amazing!	② How sad!	③ How unhappy!

④ How angry!	⑤ How old!

A: You don't look very well. Are you feeling Okay?

B: No, not really.

A: What's wrong?

B: I have a bad headache.

A: _________________ You'd better see a doctor.

① How nice!	② How surprised!	③ What a pity!

④ How wonderful!	⑤ What a nice day!

제 8 장 접속사, 전치사

제 8 장 접속사, 전치사

1. 접속사는 단어와 단어, 구와 구, 절과 절을 연결 준다.

(1) 주어 + 동사의 관계가 없으면 '구', 주어 + 동사의 관계가 있으면 '절'

․ In front of the building, there is a tall tree. (구)

․ I know that he is honest.(절)

(2) 등위 접속사: 대등한 관계로 연결한다.

① and: ～와(과), 그리고 ② but: 그러나 ③ or: 또는 ④ so: 그래서

․ I love you and you love me, too.

․ She can speak English, but he can't.

․ Which do you like better, tea or coffee?

․ I have no money, so I cannot buy the book.

(3) 종속 접속사: 주절과 그에 딸린 종속절을 연결한다.

․ I know that he can swim.

주절	종속절

① 명사절을 이끄는 종속 접속사: that (주어, 보어, 목적어 역할을 한다)

② 부사절을 이끄는 종속 접속사:

when (～ 할 때), while (～ 하는 동안), after (～ 후에), if (만약 ～라면), because (～ 때문에)

․ That I love you is true. (주어)

․ The problem is that we have no money. (보어)

․ I think that it will rain tomorrow. (목적어)

․ When I met her, she was a middle school student.

․ While I was walking along the street, I met him.

․ I can go out after Mom comes home.

․ If it is fine tomorrow, we will go on a picnic. [If it will be ～ (X)]

․ I am happy because I finished my homework.

2. 전치사는 ①단독으로 사용할 수 없고 ②명사와 함께 쓰여 하나의 의미를 이루며, ③전치사 뒤에는 인칭대명사인 경우 목적격이 온다.

․ She is good at playing tennis. (O)	․ She is good at play tennis. (X)

․ Look at me. (O)	․ Look at I. (X)

(1) 시간의 전치사

① at: 시각, 정오, 밤...	② in: 오전, 오후, 월, 계절, 년도...

③ on: 특정한 날, 요일...	④ after: ～후에, before: ～전에

․ at 6 o'clock	․ at noon	․ in 1492	․ in March

․ in summer	․ on Sunday	․ after school	․ before dinner

(2) 장소, 위치의 전치사

① at: 좁은 장소	② in: 국가, 도시 등 넓은 장소

③ on: ～위에(선이나 면에 접촉)	④ under: ～아래에(바로 아래)

⑤ between: ～사이에	⑥ next to: ～옆에

⑦ across: ～를 가로질러, ～ 의 맞은편에

⑧ in front of: ～앞에	⑨ behind: ～뒤에

․ at the door	․ in Seoul	․ on the wall

․ under the chair	․ next to the door	․ between Mike and Mina

․ across the street	․ behind the tree	․ in front of the bank

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 보기에서 골라 쓰시오.

and, but, or, so, that, when, because

I liked this car, ________ I bought it.

I liked this car, ________ I couldn't buy it.

I liked this car, ________ I liked that car, too.

I liked this car, ________ it was very cheap.

Is this a cat ________ a dog?

My name is Minho ________ my sister's name is Minji.

I think ________ he is honest.

She can swim well, ________ I can't.

I'm cold, ________ I am going to put on a sweater.

His father died ________ he was five years old.

These oranges are cheap, ________ they are on sale.

Is this a door ________ a window?

He is very kind, ________ everyone likes him.

I am sure ________ she will do that.

The sun set, ________ the moon rose.

Here ________ to go?

________ it rains, I usually stay home.

I think ________ it will rain tomorrow.

They did well in some courses, ________ they did not do well in other courses.

I like singing ________ playing with the children.

My brother, sister, ________ I study hard.

________ I was 10 years old, I lived in a small country.

People say ________ the earth is our home.

Do you go to school by bus ________ by bike?

I like her ________ she is always kind to me.

This is my dog, Bonggu. He is three years old. He is fat and ugly. ________ he is very cute to me.

I like Bonggu ________ Bonggu likes me.

You must take a bus ________ a taxi.

I think ________ you should see a doctor.

________ New Year's Day gets close, our minds are busy.

He was late for school, ________ he missed his bus.

He missed his bus ________ he was late for school.

Every morning you make up your mind between these clothes ________ those.

She usually goes to bed at ten thirty, ________ she goes to bed around eleven thirty on Saturdays.

Mr. Collect had a strange habit. He didn't throw away things. ________ his room was full of newspapers, cans, bottles, and old clothes.

I don't wear hanbok often, ________ I like the beautiful hanbok very much.

Last Saturday night, I was very sick ________ could not sleep well.

I like all kinds of sports, ________ I like football the best.

I can't buy this book ________ I have no money.

I can't get up on time in the morning. ________ I am always late for school.

Like Ingyu, many people like Internet shopping. ________ some people don't like to buy things through the Internet.

Field bees get something sweet from flowers. ________ they collect it, they take it to the house bees.

Electricity doesn't make fumes, ________ people began to make electric cars.

Mr. Han is a mail-man. He brings us happy news. ________ he doesn't have a letter for me today.

※ 다음 빈칸에 and, 또는 but 중 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

All my friends have boyfriends, _______ I don't.

My parents love my sister, _______ they love me.

She likes movies, _______ doesn't like music.

Mike can swim, _______ play tennis.

I am a little overweight, _______ I really like sweets.

I like him, _______ he doesn't know me at all.

There are also a lot of people _______ cars.

I have an eye, _______ I can not see.

We tried hard, _______ we did not win.

My family _______ I are now on Jeju Island.

I'm a middle school student. _______ my brother is not a middle school student. He is a high school student.

It's late at night. _______ Sora is not sleeping.

Go straight ahead _______ turn right at the first corner.

It's cold _______ snowy in Korea in winter.

It rained yesterday _______ it's sunny today.

He came home at six _______ watched TV after dinner.

My shoes are black, _______ yours are white.

It's very cold _______ not snowing.

Excuse me, _______ how can I get to the fire station?

He took a bus. His bag was very heavy, _______ there were no seats.

She usually eats rice _______ kimchi.

She usually goes to bed at ten thirty, _______ she goes to bed around eleven thirty on Saturdays.

I feel cold _______ I have a headache.

I can't play the piano, _______ I like music a lot.

He is old, _______ he is strong.

I like dancing _______ listening to music.

Summer months are June, July, _______ August.

He tried to solve the math problem _________ he couldn't.

Jane bought a pair of jeans ___________ I didn't.

In the past, they had to go to stores for shopping, _______ now they don't have to go to stores.

Ingyu found the CD in a music shop on the Internet, _______ ordered it right away.

Mike _______ Mina drink a lot of milk, _______ they don't drink coffee.

※ 다음 빈칸에 ‘so' 또는 ’because' 중 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

I didn't have lunch, ________ I am hungry.

I like soccer, ________ it is a very exciting sport.

I'm tired today ________ I couldn't sleep last night.

I had no money, ________ I walked home.

I didn't come to the party, ________ I had a headache.

I played computer games all day, _______ I didn't do my homework.

I didn't go out yesterday, ________ it rained a lot.

It was cold ________ I closed the window.

I was late for school, ________ I got up late this morning.

I like winter, ________ my birthday is in winter.

I have no money, ________ I can't buy the book.

I am happy ________ I have many friends.

School was over, ________ I played basketball with Mike.

I didn't have breakfast, ________ I had a stomachache.

He doesn't like her ________ she isn't honest.

The water was dirty ________ I didn't swim.

I didn't swim ________ the water wasn't clean.

※ 다음 의미가 통하도록 이어질 알맞은 말을 보기에서 고르시오.

① So I was late for school.	② So I was very hungry.

③ So I couldn't go to bed early.	④ So I couldn't play baseball.

I didn't have lunch today.

I got up at nine this morning.

I had a lot of homework yesterday.

I went home early today.

※ 다음 대화를 통해 알 수 있는 원인과 결과를 보기처럼 한 문장으로 쓰시오.

In-ho: Can I use phone?

Mi-ra: No, I'm afraid you can't. It's broken.

→ In-ho can't use the phone because it's broken.

In-ho: Can I open the window?

Mi-ra: No, I'm afraid you can't. It's cold outside.

→

In-ho: Can I swim here?

Mi-ra: No, I'm afraid you can't. It's dangerous.

→

※ 다음 주어진 말을 이용해 보기처럼 문장을 완성하시오.

A: Is he a good singer? (think)

B: Yes, I think (that) he is a good singer.

A: Will it rain soon? (think)

B: Yes, ______________________________.

A: Did you meet her at the party? (remember)

B: Yes, ______________________________.

A: Will your team win the game? (hope)

B: Yes, ______________________________.

※ 다음 주어진 문장을 보기처럼 완성하시오.

TV is good. Do you think so?

→ Do you think TV is good?

She is beautiful. Do you think so?

→

He is kind. I think so.

→

He will come. I don't think so.

→

※ 다음 밑줄친 that을 생략할 수 없는 것을 고르시오.

① How can people know that without school uniforms?

② I hope that you enjoy the program.

③ I know that she sings very well.

④ I know that Cathy and Jenny are sisters.

⑤ Many people believe that football started in England.

① I know that he is kind to his friends.

② I hope that you will come to my birthday party.

③ I know that he is an honest boy.

④ I hope that you can come here.

⑤ We think that was the first Thanksgiving Day in America.

※ 다음 문장의 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 보기에서 고르시오.

① when you are unhappy with school life

② when you're going to climb a mountain

③ when you are worried about your weight

You should get some exercise, ____________.

You should find something interesting in school, __________.

You should listen to the news, I ___________.

※ 다음 주어진 문장에 이어질 내용으로 알맞은 것을 보기에서 고르시오.

① the air will be dirtier	② the water will kill us

③ we can save trees	④ we will have floods

If we use more cars, ________________.

If we recycles paper, ________________.

If we make water dirty, ________________.

If there are no plants, ________________.

※ 한 남자가 무인도에 표류했습니다. 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 보기에서 고르시오.

① I won't be hungry	② I'll make a boat

③ I won't die here	④ I won't sleep under the tree

If I build a house, ________________.

If I cut down the tree, ________________.

If I catch some fish, ________________.

If someone finds me, ________________.

※ 다음 문장의 빈칸에 이어질 말을 보기에서 고르시오.

① I will go skiing	② I will visit New York

③ I'll read a story	④ I will buy a game CD

If it rains this Sunday, ________________.

If my father gives me some money, ________________.

If I go to America, ________________.

If It snows tomorrow, ________________.

※ 다음 두 문장이 같도록 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

At the age of 13, he began to play the guitar.

= _________ he was 13 years old, he began to play the guitar.

Many TV programs are too violent. TV isn't good.

= TV isn't good _________ many programs are too violent.

It will be fine tomorrow. I hope so.

= I hope _________ it will be fine tomorrow.

In my childhood, I played soccer after school.

= _________ I was a child, I played soccer after school.

I love spring, because there are many flowers.

= There are many flowers in spring, _________ I love spring.

He read the book and then he went to bed.

= He went to bed _________ he read the book.

His brother is a teacher. I know it.

= I know _________ his brother is a teacher.

You are afraid of failure. You can't succeed.

= You can't succeed _________ you are afraid of failure.

I am Korean. = I am _________ Korea.

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 전치사를 쓰시오.

We go to church ________ the morning.

We go to church ________ Sundays.

We go to church ________ eleven.

They arrived ________ the city.

I arrived ________ the station.

One hour later, they arrived ________ Gangneung.

Did you arrive ________ Korean Air?

He and his wife will arrive ________ New York on Saturday.

What time will I arrive ________ Dallas?

The President arrives ________ three hours.

Mike will arrive ________ the morning of August 7.

How do I get ________ Gyeongbok Palace?

We arrived ________ the beach ________ around 8 p.m.

He is going to arrive ________ five this morning.

They will probably arrive ________ Friday evening.

He usually comes home late ________ the evening.

He got ________ New York ________ May 15th.

They will arrive ________ the 10th, ________ Korean Air-Flight 747.

If the plane arrives ________ time, then I'll be back around 5:30 p.m.

I'll get in touch with you when I arrive there ________ June.

He will arrive ________ Las Vegas ________ a two-week vacation.

Mr. Brown arrived ________ Seoul late and he stayed ________ a hotel.

He couldn't arrive ________ the school in time.

They stayed ________ a small hotel ________ the sea.

Did you stay ________ friends?

I swam ________ the sea and climbed Mt. Halla.

My friends want a house ________ a big garden.

The flowers ________ his garden are very beautiful.

So-ra and her friends have a good time ________ school.

Here we are ________ Gyeongbok Palace.

He was born ________ England.

She was born ________ 1988.

I was born ________ Seoul.

I was born ________ an island.

I was born ________ this village!

She was born ________ October 18, 1990.

He was born ________ Seoul ________ the 11th ________ April, 1948.

He was born with a silver spoon ________ his mouth.

Christopher Columbus lived ________ Italy.

We Koreans live ________ rice.

An old man lived ________ a small village.

He worked hard ________ his farm.

Do you live ________ a big city?

Sujin lives ________ an apartment building.

Do you live ________ the country?

We are living ________ the 21st Century.

We are living ________ the beginning of the 21st century.

Fish live ________ water.

I can't live ________ myself.

I live ________ the 10th floor.

He has lived here ________ three years.

________ the vacation, he visited his grandfather in the country.

He was born with a silver spoon ________ his mouth.

I came here ________ the first time.

Let's meet ________ front of the department store ________ three.

We have much rain ________ summer.

He often comes home ________ night.

There were few cars ________ the road today.

The shop opens ________ noon.

School begins ________ March.

School begins ________ 9 o'clock.

The first class begins ________ 8:30.

The last class ends ________ 2:57 p.m.

There is a map ________ the wall.

I get up ________ seven.

What do you do ________ Sunday.

My birthday falls ________ the 15 of July.

It gets very cold ________ winter.

Christmas comes ________ December.

He went there ________ plane.

We went ________ ship to a port near the mountain.

You can get there ________ bus or ________ foot.

My dad goes to work ________ car at seven.

They landed ________ a small port near Geumgangsan.

Man first landed ________ the moon ________ 1969.

Don‘t write a letter ________ red.

They went out ________ a walk.

A little rabbit got lost ________ a forest.

________ the second Monday ________ October, I went to Canada.

The game of soccer started ________ England ________ the 1850s.

The first World Cup was held ________ Uruguay ________ 1930.

Ted and Ha-na are ________ the same class.

I saw him ________ the welcoming ceremony.

My father does a lot of different things ________ weekends.

In-ho played with them ________ half an hour.

U-ram is ________ the first grade at Mirae Middle School.

Boys play football ______ schools, ______ parks, and ______ streets.

They take a break ________ the middle of the game.

Go straight two blocks and turn left. It is ________ your right.

Were you ________ Tony's party last night?

There's a bookstore ________ 8th Street.

Minho is ________ the bus stop. He is waiting for a bus.

Tony waited ________ the bus station for an hour.

There is a big mall ________ the Internet.

________ spring she sells many beautiful flowers.

Koreans fly kites ________ special holidays.

_______ a sunny day, many people go to the park and enjoy the sun.

________ night a tree and a bird talked to a star ________ the sky.

________ big sports events, I'll see interesting mascots for the teams.

We'll have a food problem ________ the future.

Yesterday ________ TV I saw many poor people ________ Africa.

I have classes ________ Monday to Friday.

There are no classes ________ Saturday and Sunday.

Go straight for two blocks. Then turn right. It's next _______ the bank.

I sent her a card ________ her birthday.

I drew a picture ________ the cardboard.

________ a rainy day, I wear my raincoat.

Min-su and Mike were ________ their way home.

I worked as a volunteer ________ the fire station.

There are 40 students ________ our class.

Some young people are walking ________ the rain.

She is sick ________ bed.

There is a fly ________ the ceiling.

The bus leaves ________ five minutes, hurry up.

We are leaving ________ Paris next Saturday.

________ Thanksgiving Day, American usually eat turkey.

Wednesday comes ________ Thursday.

Friday comes ________ Thursday.

Summer comes ________ Fall.

Winter comes ________ Fall.

He was born ________ 6:00 ________ the morning ________ June, 15th, 1975.

During the week I get up early ________ the morning and go to bed late ________ night. But ________ weekends I stay up all night.

※ 다음 괄호 안에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

My mom took care (after, of) me.

I'm proud (in, of) my school and my uniform.

May I speak (to, for) your mom?

How many people are there (in, to) your family?

Please say hello (in, to) your family.

The smart fox laughed (at, in) them.

Pansori is a kind (in, of) folk play.

The music concert is one (in, of) our school events.

Many people all (of, over) the world watch the games (in, on) television.

Let's look (in, on) the bright side.

Let's wait (at, for) the sunrise of New Year's Day.

Let's stand (at, in) line.

Are you interested (at, in) Korean history?

Admiral Yi Sun-Sin protected our country (for, against) the Japanese invasion.

Thank you (for, with) your nice letter.

I am afraid (of, with) mice.

A long time ago, hundreds (of, with) people played football (at, in) one time.

Na-ri and her friends took part (to, in) a clean-up campaign.

Na-ri borrowed a book (to, from) Tim.

Can you lead it (to, from) me?

His hometown is not far (to, from) here.

I feel sorry (at, for) him.

(On, In) the way home, In-ho bought some bread.

(Of, By) the way, how is your grandfather now?

Sally and Tim are (to, from) New York.

Semi really cares (of, about) the environment.

We're talking (to, about) school uniforms.

Green music is good (to, for) us.

(On, In) the past, people had to go to stores (on, for) shopping.

His room was full (of, with) newspapers, cans, bottles, and old clothes.

They cheer (for, with) the players and shake hands (for, with) the fans.

Please help me (in, with) my Korean.

Mr. Han, let me introduce my dad (to, with) you.

What do you think (in, of) our school?

May I talk with you (at, for) a minute?

So-ra doesn't listen (to, from) her teather.

Sometimes they make fun (at, of) me.

He doesn't know me (at, in) all.

(In, With) my scissors I cut the picture into pieces.

I'm very happy (in on) my school uniform.

That's fine (in, with) me.

Every year we cut down millions (in, of) trees.

People need clean water (at, for) drinking, cooking and cleaning.

Plants get rid (in, of) bad gas in the air.

Plants can keep rivers (to, from) overflowing.

She eats sandwiches and milk (at, for) lunch.

What do you want (to, for) breakfast?

She has breakfast (at, in) seven thirty.

How (of, about) taking some pictures?

Seoul is the capital (in, of) Korea.

Hundreds (of, with) people were shopping (in, at) the same time.

You're good (at, in) singing, aren't you?

Middle school is different (of, from) elementary school.

Su-jin is absent (at, from) school today.

Here's small birthday gift (to, for) you.

I lost my key. I had to look (for, after) it.

Wow! It's beautiful. Look (at, for) it.

You don't look (at, after) your brother well.

Ted's homeroom teacher looked (like likes) a kind gentleman.

She is good at (play, playing) tennis.

Look at (he, him)

※ 다음 그림을 보고 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

There is a cat _______ the basket.

There is a ball _______ the chair.

There are some books next _______ the chair.

※ 다음 그림을 보고 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

There is a cat _______ the basket.

There is a ball _______ the chair.

There are a book _______ the chair.

※ 다음 그림을 보고 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

There is a cat _______ the chair.

There is a ball _______ the chair.

There are some books _______ the basket.

※ 다음 그림을 보고 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

A: Where is the newspaper?	B: It's ________ the table.

A: Where is the backpack?	B: It's ________ to the chair.

A: Where is the flower?	B: It's ________ front of the bed.

※ 다음 그림을 보고 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

A: Where is the cap?	B: It's ________ the table.

A: Where is the clock?	B: It's ________ the bed.

A: Where is the ball?	B: It's ________ the box.

※ 다음 그림을 참고하여 빈칸에 A-E 중 알맞은 것을 쓰시오.

C

B

D

F

E

A

A is between _____ and _____.	D is across from _____.

B is next to _____ or _____.	F is between _____ and _____.

E is across from _____.

※ 다음 그림을 참고하여 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

There is a cat _________ the desk.

There are three balls _________ the box.

There is a doll ________ the bed.

There are five books ________ the desk.

There is a picture ________ the wall.

There is a desk next ________ the bed.

※ 다음 그림을 참고하여 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

There are two mice _______ the table. There is a cat _______ the table. There is a dog _______ the chair.

There is a cat _______ the table. There are two _______ under the table. There is a _______ on the chair.

There is a _______ on the table. There is a _______ under the table. There are two mice _______ the chair.

There is a dog _______ the table. There is a cat _______ the chair. There are two mice under the _______.

다음 빈칸에 순서대로 알맞은 말은?

․ So-ra doesn't goes to school ______ Sunday.

․ School starts _______ nine o'clock.

․ So-ra is never late _______ school.

․ So-ra has a good time _______ school.

① at - on - for - at	② on - at - for - at

③ on - at - at - for	④ for - at - at - on

⑤ at - at - on - for

다음 그림의 내용과 일치하지 않는 것은?

① John is standing next to Ann.

② Tom is standing next to Linda.

③ Bob is sitting in front of Linda.

④ Linda is standing between Tom and Bob.

⑤ Ann is standing between John and Linda.

다음 그림의 내용과 일치하지 않는 것은?

① The TV set is on the table.

② There's a chair next to the TV set.

③ The sofa is across from the computer.

④ The cat is sleeping under the table.

⑤ The computer is between the TV set and the plant.

다음 지도의 내용과 일치하는 것은?

① The supermarket is next to the post office.

② The hospital is across from the supermarket.

③ The park is between the bank and the supermarket.

④ The library is next to bookstore.

⑤ The subway station is across from the post office.

제 9 장 의문사, 부가의문문, 부정의문문

제 9 장 의문사, 부가의문문, 부정의문문

1. 의문사란 who, what, when, where, which, how, why등과 같이 그 자체에 의문의 뜻을 포함하고 있는 말이다. 의문사는 문장 맨 앞에 와서 의문문을 만들며 Yes/No로 대답하지 않는다.

(1) 의문대명사: who(누구), whose(누구의 것), what(무엇), which(어느 것)

A: Who is she?

B: She is Miss Brown.

A: Who is he?

B: He is my brother.

A: What is she? = What does she do?

B: She is my teacher.

A: What is this?

B: It's a notebook.

A: What do usually you do on Sunday?

B: I usually play computer games.

A: Whose is this watch?

B: It's mine.

A: Which do you have a pencil or a pen?

B: I have a pencil.

(2) 의문형용사(의문사 + 명사): what(무엇), whose(누구의), which(어느)

A: What sports do you like?

B: I like soccer.

A: Whose watch is this?

B: It's Mike's.

A: Which subject do you like better, Korean or math?

B: I like Korean better.

(3) 의문부사: when(시간), where(장소), why(이유), how(방법, 상태)

A: What time do you get up? (What time = When)

B: I get up at six.

A: What time is it? (What time ≠ When)

B: It's ten thirty.

A: Where is the gas station?

B: It‘s over there.

A: Why were you late?

B: Because I missed the bus.

A: How is your mother?

B: She's fine.

A: How can I get to the post office?

B: Just turn left.

(4) How 형용사(부사):

How many ～? (수) How much ～? (양, 가격) How long ～? (길이, 시간)

How often ～? (횟수) How far ～? (거리) How tall ～? (키) How old ～? (나이)

A: How many brothers do you have?

B: I have two (brothers).

A: How much is it?

B: It is 1,000 won.

A: How long is this bridge?

B: It's 35 kilometers long.

A: How long does it take to get there on foot?

B: It takes about thirty minutes.

A: How often do you write your friends?

B: Once a month.

A: How far is it from here to the airport?

B: It's about a mile from here.

A: How tall are you?

B: I'm 175 centimeters tall.

A: How old is your sister?

B: I'm fifteen years old.

2. 부가의문문은 자신이 말하는 것에 대해 상대의 동의를 구하거나 확인을 위해 평서문의 뒤에 덧붙인 의문문을 말한다. Yes/No로 대답한다.

(1) 부가의문문 만들기

① 문장이 긍정이면, 부가의문문은 부정으로

문장이 부정이면, 부가의문문은 긍정으로

② 주어가 명사일 때 부가의문문은 대명사로

③ be동사의 부가의문문은 be동사로

④ 조동사의 부가의문문은 조동사로

⑤ 일반동사의 부가의문문은 do(does, did)로

⑥ 명령문의 부가의문문은 will you?

⑦ Let's의 부가의문문은 shall we?

․ You are kind, aren't you?

․ Mr. Smith isn't a doctor, is he?

․ He can swim, can't he?

․ You don't love Mary, do you?

․ Your sister likes me, doesn't she?

․ Study English hard, will you?

․ Let's study hard, shall we?

3. 부정의문문은 Yes 의 대답을 기대거나, 놀라움이나, 설득하거나, 감탄하는 경우 나타낼 때 주로 쓰인다.

부정의문문에서 대답은 일반의문문과 마찬가지로

긍정이면 ‘Yes, 주어+동사.’

부정이면 ‘No, 주어+동사+not.’ 한다.

이 때 Yes는 ‘아니오, No는 ’네‘의 의미로 해석된다.

․ Didn't you like her? (그녀를 좋아하지 않았니?)

- Yes, I did. (아니, 좋아했어.) (= Yes, I liked her)

- No, I didn't. (응, 좋아하지 않았어.) (= No, I didn't like her.)

※ 다음 대화의 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

A: _______ is he?	B: He's a pilot.

A: _______ are you?	B: I am Sumi.

A: _______ is your mother?	B: She's fine.

A: _______ do you do?	B: I am a computer programer.

A: _______ one is cheaper?	B: This one.

A: _______ do you get up?	B: At six.

A: _______ is the gas station?	B: Over there.

A: _______ is this watch?	B: It's mine.

A: _______ are you happy?	B: Because today is my birthday.

A: _______ can I do for you?	B: I'm looking for a book.

A: _______ time is the party?	B: Six o'clock in the evening.

A: _______ can I get there?	B: By bus.

A: _______ do you think he is?	B: I think he is nice.

A: _______ do you have breakfast?	B: At eight.

A: _______ does your uncle do?	B: He is an engineer.

A: _______ is a brownie?	B: It's a chocolate cake.

A: _______ is the cat?	B: It's on the table.

A: _______ are you in a hurry?	B: Because I'm late for school.

A: _______ do you want, juice or milk?

B: Juice, please.

A: _______ are you going to do this Saturday, Tom?

B: Nothing special.

A: _______ are you today?	B: Not so bad. thank you.

A: _______ is she?	B: She is Miss Brown.

A: _______ did you do yesterday?	B: I went shopping.

A: _______ do you have lunch?	B: At noon.

A: _______ is she?	B: She is my teacher.

A: _______ sports do you like?	B: I like soccer.

A: _______ were you late this morning?

B: Because I got up late.

A: _______ is your name?	B: My name is Tony.

A: _______ is your brother?	B: He is in his room.

A: _______ did Inho come here?	B: He came here on foot.

A: _______ are they?	B: They are Bob and Nick.

A: _______ time shall we make it?

B: Let's meet in front of the department store at three.

A: _______ do you like her?	B: Because she is kind.

A: _______ is the party?

B: It's the day after tomorrow, September 18th.

A: _______ season do you like better, summer or winter?

B: I like winter better.

A: _______ is her name?	B: She's Judy.

A: _______ is Bill White?	B: He is So-ra's teacher.

A: _______ is this umbrella?	B: It's Jane's.

A: _______ do you go to school?	B: I walk to school.

A: _______ don't you try some?	B: No, thanks.

A: Alex, you don't look well. _______ is the matter with you?

B: I have a toothache.

A: _______ is this?	B: It's a clock.

A: _______ time is it?	B: It's ten to seven.

A: _______ are bees useful to people?

B: Because they make honey.

A: _______ are you from?	B: I am from New York.

A: _______ is your next game?	B: We have a game this afternoon.

A: _______ is that girl?	B: She is my cousin.

A: _______ did you visit your uncle?	B: Last month.

A: _______ subject do you like better, Korean or math?

B: I like Korean better than math.

A: _______ do you do?	B: How do you do?

A: _______ were you born?	B: On January 1st, 1960.

A: _______ does he look like?	B: He is tall and thin.

A: _______ are you going?	B: I'm going swimming.

A: _______ time shall we make it?	B: How about five o'clock?

A: _______ watch is this?	B: It's Mike's

A: _______ did you write this letter?	B: Last night.

A: _______ do you like?	B: I like my father.

A: _______ is the bus stop?	B: Just over there.

A: _______ is the weather like?	B: It's sunny and hot.

A: _______ likes you?	B: My father does.

A: _______ do you spell "book"?	B: B-O-O-K.

A: _______ food do you like better, gimbap or tteokbokki?

B: Gimbap

A: _______ time do you go to work?

B: I usually go to work at about eight.

A: _______ is the spoon?	B: On the table.

A: _______ do you play baseball?	B: After school.

A: _______ is this?	B: It's my wife.

A: _______ is Susan?	B: She is in Peter's room.

A: _______ do you do after school?	B: I play football.

A: _______ is a gym?	B: It's a building for sports.

A: _______ pen is that?	B: It's hers.

A: _______ is the weather on Mt. Geumgang these days?

B: It's sunny, but a little cold.

A: _______ does he like it?

B: Because he thinks it is good for his health.

A: _______ exercise does he do every day?

B: He takes a walk every day.

A: _______ do you do for a living?	B: I drive a bus.

A: _______ is your school?	B: It's not very far.

A: _______ can we go there?	B: How about next Sunday?

A: _______ is my pen?	B: Here.

A: _______ helps your mother?	B: Jane does.

A: _______ is bigger, the queen bee or the worker bee?

B: The queen bee is bigger.

A: _______ do you have supper?	B: In the cafeteria.

A: _______ did she say?	B: She said she was busy.

A: _______ are you doing?	B: Fine, thanks.

A: _______ did you go with there?	B: I went there with my uncle.

A: _______ does Minho like doing on Sundays?

B: He likes hiking.

A: _______ is the bank?	B: It's near the bus stop.

A: _______ time do you have lunch?	B: At noon.

A: _______ do you go to school?	B: At eight o'clock.

A: _______ happened to Bob?	B: He broke his leg.

A: _______ time is it?	B: It's 2 o'clock.

A: _______ gloves are these?	B: They are Brown's.

A: _______ do you live?	B: I live in Seoul.

A: _______ don't you join us?	B: Sounds great.

A: _______ are you waiting for?	B: My brother are.

A: _______ did you eat?	B: I ate a hamburger and milk.

A: _______ is the post office in this town?

B: It's across from the hospital.

A: _______ is your favorite storywriter?

B: Aesop.

A: _______ do you like the card?	B: Oh, I like it very much.

A: _______ is Mother's Day in Korea?

B: It's May 8th.

A: _______ did Columbus discover?	B: America.

A: _______ is Tom?

B: He's standing next to Linda. He's wearing a blue shirt.

※ 다음 대화의 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

A: How often do you play soccer?

B: _______________________

① On Tuesday.	② Every day.	③ For two hours.

A: Where do you usually eat lunch?

B: _______________________

① Sandwich.	② At noon	③ In the cafeteria.

A: How long did you study last night?

B: _______________________

① With Bob.	② In the library.	③ For two hours.

A: How many hours a day do you watch TV?

B: _______________________

① Once a day.	② Three hours.	③ In my living room.

A: What is your favorite day of the week?

B: _______________________

① Tuesday.	② Last week.	③ In the morning.

A: What does "TV" mean?

B: _______________________

① For an hour.	② Television.	③ On Sunday.

A: What did you do yesterday?

B: _______________________

① Sometimes.	② I went swimming.	③ I didn't like swimming.

A: What did you eat for lunch?

B: _______________________

① At six.	② sandwich	③ With my family.

A: Where's Bob?

B: _______________________

① At eight.	② At night.	③ At school.

A: Where do you do your homework?

B: _______________________

① In the evening.	② With Mike.	③ At home.

A: When did you go to that restaurant?

B: _______________________

① Last night.	② It's two o'clock.	③ About twenty minutes.

A: How long have you lived in Seoul?

B: _______________________

① For four years.	② I live in Seoul.	③ With my parents.

A: How many hours a day do you sleep?

B: _______________________

① Everyday.	② At ten thirty.	③ About 8 hours.

A: How often do you visit your grandfather?

B: _______________________

① Two people.	② Three hours.	③ Three times a month.

A: What's your favorite sport?

B: _______________________

① I can swim.	② Swimming.	③ I hate swimming.

A: When's your birthday?

B: _______________________

① January two.	② January twice.	③ January second.

A: Where are you from?

B: _______________________

① Seoul	② In 1980.	③ I live In Seoul.

A: How do you get to school?

B: _______________________

① On subway.	② In subway.	③ By subway.

A: What does your father do?

B: _______________________

① He is a fire fighter.	② He works every day.

③ He works for two hours.

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

_______ is it from Seoul to Busan?

① How	② How far	③ How many

_______ kind of food do you like?

① Who	② What	③ Which

_______ is his name?

① Who	② What	③ Which

_______ is your school, this or that?

① Who	② What	③ Which

_______ is the capital of Korea?

① Who	② What	③ Which

_______ is his?

① How	② What	③ Which

_______ did you watch on TV last night?

① How	② What	③ Which

_______ is Christmas Day?

① What	② When	③ Where

_______ is New York city?

① What	② When	③ Where

A: _______ am I?

B: You're at Timmy's house.

① Where	② How	③ Who

※ 다음 대화의 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 보기에서 고르시오.

① sport ② subject ③ food ④ pet ⑤ friend ⑥ singer

A: What's your favorite _________?	B: Dogs.

A: What's your favorite _________?	B: Soccer.

A: Who's your favorite _________?	B: Beatles.

A: What's your favorite _________?	B: Kimchi.

A: What's your favorite _________?	B: English.

A: Who's your favorite _________?	B: Min-su.

※ 다음 대화의 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 보기에서 고르시오.

① It was held in Rome.	② It was held in Korea.

③ It was held in 1988.	④ It was held in 1930.

A: When was the first World Cup held?

B: _____________________

A: Where were the fist Olympic Games?

B: _____________________

A: When were the Seoul Olympic Games held?

B: _____________________

A: Where was the World Cup held in 2002?

B: _____________________

※ 다음 문장은 무엇을 묻고 있는지 보기에서 해당하는 것을 고르시오.

① 가격 ② 키 ③ 직업 ④ 이름(신분)

What do you do?	How tall are you?

Who is she?	How much is it?

※ 다음 대화의 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 보기에서 고르시오.

How	How many	How much	How tall

How long	How far	How old	How often

A: _______ is your mother?	B: She's fine.

A: _______ brothers do you have?	B: I have two.

A: _______ is it?	B: It is 1,000 won.

A: _______ are you?	B: I'm 175 centimeters tall.

A: _______ can I get to the hospital?

B: Just turn left.

A: _______ is this bridge?	B: It's 35 kilometers long.

A: _______ does it take to get there on foot?

B: It takes about thirty minutes.

A: _______ is it from here to the airport?

B: It's about a mile from here.

A: _______ is your sister?	B: I'm fifteen years old.

A: _______ do you write your friends?

B: Once a month.

※ 다음 안내문을 보고 물음에 답하시오.

Library Hours

Monday to Friday

8:00 a.m. to 11:00 p.m.

Saturday

9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.

Sunday

1:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m.

Bank Hours

Monday to Friday

9:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.

Saturday

9:30 p.m. to 1:30 p.m.

Post Office

Monday to Saturday

Open at 9:00 a.m.

Close at 5:00 p.m.

On Saturday

Close at noon

Music Concert

May 7th, 8th & 9th

7:30 p.m.

May 10the & 11th

2:00 p.m. & 8:00 p.m.

Call now (02)123-4567

A: What time does the bank open on Friday?

B: ____________________

A: What time does the bank close on Saturday?

B: ____________________

A: What time does the Music concert start on May 7th?

B: ____________________

A: What time does the Music concert start on May 11th?

B: ____________________

A: What time does the library open on Sunday?

B: ____________________

A: What time does the library close on Sunday?

B: ____________________

다음 밑줄친 부분을 When으로 바꿀 수 없는 것은?

① What time is it?	② What time is the party?

③ What time shall we make it?	④ What time do you go to work?

⑤ What time do you have lunch?

※ 다음 빈칸에 들어갈 수 없는 것을 고르시오.

_______ is he?

① Who	② How	③ What	④ When	⑤ Where

A: How often do you go to movies?

B: _________________

① Once a week.	② Good idea.	③ Twice a year.

④ Never.	⑤ Every day.

A: What time do you play soccer?

B: _________________

① At five.	② Before dinner.	③ In the park.

④ On Monday.	⑤ Around ten.

A: How do I get to the station?

B: _________________

① I don't know.	② I have no idea.	③ I'm not sure.

④ I'm a stranger.	⑤ I think so.

A: What do you do?

B: _________________

① I am a singer.	② I teach students.

③ I am a police officer.	④ I drive a school bus.

⑤ I read an English book.

A: When was the first World Cup held?

B: _________________

① It was held in 1930.	② In 1930 in Uruguay.

③ In 1930.	④ In Uruguay.

⑤ I don't know.

A: _________________

B: Go down one block. It's on your left.

① Where is the museum?

② Where can I find the museum?

③ How can I get to the museum?

④ How do you go to the museum?

⑤ Can you show me the way to the museum?

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

Which _______ do you like better, London or Seoul?

① subject	② country	③ food	④ season	⑤ city

A: How _______ do you go to Wonju?

B: Once a month.

① many	② much	③ often	④ far	⑤ long

A: _______ is it?

B: It's 10,000 won.

① How often	② How much	③ How long	④ How many	⑤ How tall

A: _______ are you so late?

B: I got up late, so I missed the school bus.

① What	② Why	③ Who	④ When	⑤ Where

A: Why do you think computers are useful?

B: _______ they give us information.

① Because	② So	③ And	④ But	⑤ Or

Susan: I'm Susan. _________________

In-ho: I'm In-ho. Nice to meet you, Susan.

① Whose is this?	② What's your name?	③ How are you?

④ What do you do?	⑤ Where are you from?

A: I'm from Canada. _________________

B: I'm from Korea.

① Whose is this?	② What's your name?	③ How are you?

④ What do you do?	⑤ Where are you from?

A: _________________

B: Not bad. I got an A on my dancing test.

① What was the exam?	② What were you doing?

③ How was the exam?	④ Did you have the exam?

⑤ Did you get an A on the dancing test?

A: __________________

B: I go to the concert.

① How do you go there?	② What's your favorite sport?

③ What do you do on Sunday?	④ When do you go to concert?

⑤ Do you go to concert after school?

A: __________________

B: He's a milkman.

① What does he do?	② Who likes milk?

③ Where is Tom?	④ How do you like him?

⑤ Is your uncle a mailman?

A: ______________________

B: She's kind and cool.

① Is she your sister?	② Aren't you Hana?

③ Where does she live?	④ What do you think of Jane?

⑤ What is she doing now?

A: My father goes to work by subway. How about your father?

B:___________.

① At 7:50	② On foot.	③ On Monday.

④ To Seoul.	⑤ 5 days a week.

A: What do you do after school?

B: ______________________

① Around 4.	② At home.	③ I'm late for school.

④ I usually play baseball.	⑤ Usually after dinner.

※ 다음 밑줄친 부분이 대답이 될 수 있는 질문을 고르시오.

It's a picture.

① What is this?	② Who is this?	③ Is this a picture?

④ What is he?	⑤ Do you like a picture?

He is a driver.

① Whose is this?	② How is he?	③ What is he?

④ Do you like him?	⑤ Where does he live?

It's Tom's.

① Who is Tom?	② Where is Tom?	③ How is Tom?

④ What is Tom?	⑤ Whose book is this?

He is in his room.

① Who is Tom?	② Where is Tom?	③ How is Tom?

④ What is Tom?	⑤ Whose book is this?

He is Tom.

① Who is this?	② Where is Tom?	③ How is Tom?

④ What is Tom?	⑤ Whose is this book?

Because I got up late.

① Why don't you get up early?	② Where did you go?

③ What's wrong with you?	④ Why were you late?

⑤ How did you go to school?

It's ten thousand won.

① What's that ball?	② Whose ball is that?

③ Where is that ball?	④ How much is that ball?

⑤ How many balls do you have?

I have lunch at twelve.

① What do you have for lunch?	② Where do you have lunch?

③ What time do you have lunch?	④ Do you have lunch at twelve?

⑤ What was you doing at noon?

I usually study 10 hours a day.

① How long do you study?	② How often do you study?

③ What subject do you like?	④ When do you usually study?

⑤ Do you usually study 10 hours a day?

It's hot and sunny here in Busan.

① What is the weather?	② What is the weather like?

③ Why is the weather?	④ How is the weather like?

⑤ Is the weather hot and sunny?

Tom usually goes to the movies on Saturday.

① What time does the movie begin?

② What kind of movies does Tom usually see?

③ When does Tom usually go to the movies?

④ Where does Tom usually go to the movies?

⑤ How often does Tom go to the movies?

It is only two blocks away.

① How often do you play tennis?

② How do you go to school?

③ How much is it?

④ How long did you stay there last winter?

⑤ How far is it from here to your house?

Every week.

① How often do you play tennis?

② How do you go to school?

③ How much is it?

④ How long did you stay there last winter?

⑤ How far is it from here to your house?

For a month.

① How often do you play tennis?

② How do you go to school?

③ How much is it?

④ How long did you stay there last winter?

⑤ How far is it from here to your house?

On foot.

① How often do you play tennis?

② How do you go to school?

③ How much is it?

④ How long did you stay there last winter?

⑤ How far is it from here to your house?

※ 다음 대화의 빈칸에 순서대로 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

A: _______ is your last name?

B: Johnson.

B: _______ do you spell it?

A: J, O, H, N, S, O, N

① How - What	② Who - How	③ What - How

④ How - Who	⑤ What - Who

A: _______ are you from?

B: I'm from America.

A: _______ city?

B: New York.

① Where - What	② Who - Where	③ What - Where

④ Who - What	⑤ What - Who

Paul: _______ do you want to be?

Mina: I want to be a movie director.

Paul: Sounds great. _______ do you want to be a movie director?

Mina: I like movies.

① Why - What	② What - Why	③ What - How

④ How - Why	⑤ How - What

A: _______ will you stay in the UK?

B: About two weeks.

A: _______ will you stay?

B: I'll stay at my friend's home.

A: Okay. Enjoy your stay.

① How much - When	② How long - When

③ How much - Where	④ How long - Where

⑤ How - How

Mina: Excuse me, but _______ is the post office?

Man: It's next to the fire station.

Mina: _______ can I get there?

Man: Go straight and turn left at the corner.

Mina: Thank you very much.

Man: You‘re welcome.

① what - What	② how - Where	③ how - How

④ where - Where	⑤ where - How

A: Excuse me. Is there a bookstore nearby?

B: Yes, there is. There's one next to the post office.

A: _______ is it from here?

B: It is only two blocks away.

A: _______ can I get there?

B: Go straight two blocks and turn left. It is on your right.

① How long - Where	② How often - How

③ How long - How	④ How far - How

⑤ How far - Where

Inho: Susan, _______ was your vacation?

Susan: It was great! I visited Jeju Island.

Inho: _______ did you do there?

Susan: I swam in the sea and climbed Mt. Halla. I had a great time.

① where - How	② how - What	③ what - When

④ when - Which	⑤ which - Where

A: _______ is the capital of the United States?

B: It's Washington D.C.

A: _______ is it called Washington D.C.?

B: Its name comes from George Washington, the first president.

A: _______ does D.C. mean?

B: It means District of Columbia.

① What - How - What	② What - What - Why

③ What - Why - What	④ How - What - What

⑤ How - Why - What

A: _______ is Thanksgiving?

B: It is the fourth Thursday in November.

A: _______ do you usually do on Thanksgiving Day?

B: All family members get together for dinner.

A: _______ are your plans for Thanksgiving this year?

B: We are going to have a big party.

① When - What - What	② When - When - What

③ When - What - When	④ What - What - When

⑤ What - When - When

Minho: _______ do you do on Sunday afternoons?

Sujin: I often go out with my family. _______ about you?

Minho: I usually go to the school and play basketball.

Sujin: _______ do you play?

Minho: About two hours.

① What - What - How often	② How - What - How long

③ What - How - How often	④ How - How - How often

⑤ What - What - How long

So-ra: _______ do you do after school?

Mike: I usually go to my swimming lesson.

So-ra: _______ time does the lesson end?

Mike: At five o'clock.

So-ra: _______ do you do your homework?

Mike: Usually after dinner.

So-ra: You have a busy day.

① What - What - When	② What - When - When

③ What - When - What	④ When - What - What

⑤ When - When - What

So-ra: _______ violin is this?

Mike: It‘s mine.

So-ra: Can you play the violin?

Mike: Yes, I can. I like music a lot.

So-ra: _______ is your favorite music?

Mike: I like classical music.

① Who - What	② Whose - What	③ What - Who

④ What - Whose	⑤ Whose - Who

Man: _______ is your school?

Student: It's not very far.

Man: _______ do you go to school?

Student: I walk to school or I go to school by bus.

Man: _______ do you walk to school?

Student: I usually do.

Man: _______ does it take?

Student: It takes about twenty minutes.

Man: Thank you for your time.

① Where - How - How long - How often

② Where - How - How often - How long

③ How - Where - How long - How often

④ How - Where - How often - How long

⑤ How - Where - How often - How long

Tony: Hello, may I speak to Mr. Smith?

Miss Ford: _______ is calling, please?

Tony: This is Tony. I'm Mr. Smith's son.

Miss Ford: Oh, hello. Hold on a second.

Mr. Smith: Hi, Tony. _______ is it in Korea?

Tony: It's 7 p.m. _______ is the weather like in London?

Mr. Smith: It's very foggy! I can't see Big Ben or Buckingham Palace.

Tony: By the way, there's a book on your desk. _______ is it?

Mr. smith: The book about London? It's your mother's.

① What - What time - Who - Whose

② Who - When - What - Whose

③ Whose - When - What - Who

④ Who - What time - What - Whose

⑤ What - What time - Who - Whose

※ 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오.

Saturday, October 21st. Sunny.

Today I went on a picnic with my classmates. I usually get up at 7:00, but I got up at 6:00 this morning. It was clear and bright. Last night, I was worried about the weather.

We went to Seoul Grand Park by bus. We saw many animals at the zoo. After lunch, we played games on the grass. I took some pictures with my classmates. It was a really exciting day. (I=Na-ri)

How was Na-ri today?

① It was bright.	② It was clear.	③ It was busy.

④ It was exciting.	⑤ It was boring.

What was Na-ri worried about?

① games	② the weather	③ her classmates

④ many animals	⑤ Seoul Grand Park

What did Na-ri do today?

① She played under the trees.

② She visited a recycling center.

③ She was worried about the weather.

④ She took part in a clean-up campaign.

⑤ She went on a picnic with her classmates.

How was the weather today?

① It was fine.	② It was Saturday.

③ It was October 21st.	④ It was 7:00 o'clock.

⑤ It was a exciting day.

How did Na-ri get to Seoul Grand Park?

① On foot.	② In a car.	③ In a bus.

④ By train.	⑤ By subway.

※ 두 문장의 의미가 같도록 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

What is he? = _______ does he do?

What time do you go to school? = _______ do you go to school?

Pardon me? = _______ did you say?

What is the weather like? = _______ is the weather?

Where are you from? = Where do you _______ from?

다음 대화의 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 보기에서 골라 쓰시오.

Who, What, Which, When, Where, Why, How

Mike: Hi, Mina. (1)________ are you?

Mina: Good. (2)________ was your Christmas?

Mike: Wonderful.

Mina: (3)________ did you do?

Mike: I went my hometown.

Mina: (4)________ is your hometown?

Mike: New York.

Mina: (5)________ did you get there?

Mike: On December 20th.

Mina: (6)________ did you do in New York?

Mike: I saw my family and friends and visited my grandparents.

Mina: (7)________ far is it to New York?

Mike: It's twelve hours by plane.

Mina: (8)________ airline did you take?

Mike: I took Asiana Airlines.

Mina: (9)________ did you do on Christmas Day?

Mike: I had a party.

Mina: (10)________ came to the party?

Mike: All my friends. But my best friend, Tom, couldn't come.

Mina: (11)________ didn't he come?

Mike: He is in the hospital.

※ 다음 문장의 뒤에 덧붙여 쓸 수 있는 말로 알맞은 것을 연결하시오.

You're very tired,	ⓐ does she?

You aren't afraid of mice,	ⓑ are you?

She isn't tall and thin,	ⓒ can't she?

There is a map on the wall,	ⓓ aren't you?

You don't like snakes,	ⓔ won't he?

You like music,	ⓕ do you?

Mina lives in Seoul,	ⓖ shall we?

Sujin doesn't help her mother,	ⓗ will you?

Mary can swim well,	ⓘ is she?

Alex can't play the piano,	ⓙ doesn't she?

He will come home early,	ⓚ isn't there?

Study English hard,	ⓛ don't you?

Let's study hard,	ⓜ can she?

※ 다음 괄호 안의 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

Miss Brown is a good swimmer, isn't (she, Miss Brown)?

Jack is a student, (is, isn't) he?

You go to school at 8 o'clock, (do, don't) you?

His mother plays the piano, (isn't, doesn't) she?

Tom doesn't play football, (does, doesn't) he?

She is a good pianist, (isn't, doesn't) she?

She plays the piano well, (don't, doesn't) she?

You are a good student, (aren't, don't) you?

Tony doesn't study hard, (do, does) he?

Let's go swimming, (will, shall) we?

You don't like oranges, (don't, do) you?

It's a beautiful flower, (isn't, is) it?

Mina, open the door, (will, shall) you?

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

You are thirteen years old, _______ _______? - Yes, _______ _______.

Jane isn't a student, _______ _______? - Yes, _______ _______.

They will not go to Seoul, _______ _______? - No, _______ _______.

She can ride a horse, _______ _______? - No, _______ _______.

My father likes a dog, _______ _______? - Yes, _______ _______.

Your mother has a car, _______ _______? - No, _______ _______.

Tony will play basketball, _______ _______? - Yes, _______ _______.

Jenny, do exercises more, _______ _______? - Yes, _______ _______.

Her sister can speak English, _______ _______? - No, ______ _______.

Tom's brother is young, _______ _______? - Yes, _______ _______.

Be quiet, _______ _______? - Yes, _______ _______.

Jane has beautiful eyes, _______ _______? - Yes, _______ _______.

It rained yesterday, _______ _______? - No, _______ _______.

Don't make a mistake, _______ _______? - No, _______ _______.

Her husband cooks well, _______ _______? - Yes, _______ _______.

John went to church, _______ _______? - Yes, _______ _______.

Class, study hard everyday, _______ _______? - Yes, ______ _______.

Let's go on a picnic, _______ _______? - No, _______ _______.

Bees like honey, _______ _______? - Yes, _______ _______.

Jane went to school by bike, _______ _______? Yes, _______ _______.

Susan was late for school, _______ _______? Yes, _______ _______.

He didn't like juice, _______ _______? No, _______ _______.

You weren't happy yesterday, _______ _______? No, _______ _______.

Peter can't fly high, _______ _______? No, _______ _______.

Be kind to old people, _______ _______? - Yes, _______ _______.

It isn't raining, _______ _______? - No, _______ _______.

There was much food, _______ _______? - Yes, _______ _______.

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 보기에서 고르시오.

ⓐ aren't you?	ⓑ aren't there?	ⓒ isn't he?

ⓓ aren't they?	ⓔ weren't there?	ⓕ wasn't he?

ⓖ weren't they?	ⓗ wasn't she?

Tom is late, ________

You're waiting for Mina, ________

These picture are nice, ________

Alex was in the classroom, ________

The boxes were very heavy, ________

There are seven days in a week, ________

There were many books on the table, ________

Jane was in the classroom, ________

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 보기에서 고르시오.

ⓐ did he?	ⓑ do they?	ⓒ does he?

ⓓ will you?	ⓔ can you?	ⓕ can't you?

ⓖ don't they?	ⓗ won't you?	ⓘ doesn't he?

ⓙ didn't he?	ⓚ shall we?

You will help me, ________

Mina, please help me, ________

Let's help her, ________

The boy believes you, ________

The boy doesn't believe you, ________

The boy believed you, ________

The boy didn't believe you, ________

The boys know her name, ________

The boys don't know her name, ________

You can speak French, ________

You can't speak French, ________

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 보기에서 고르시오.

① don't you?	② will you?	③ aren't you?

④ do they?	⑤ won't you?	⑥ isn't it?

⑦ did she?	⑧ doesn't he?	⑨ aren't they?

You are late, ________

You get up early, ________

Jane didn't do well on the test, ________

Tony loves Mary, ________

They are going to Paris, ________

Your parents don't know about this, ________

Chess is fun, ________

You will come back, ________

Have a seat, ________

※ 다음 단어들을 배열하여 문장을 완성하시오.

like, you, don't, movie, you

→ _______________________________, __________?

are, good, a, you, you, aren't, singer

→ _______________________________, __________?

dance, Minho, can't, he, can, well, very

→ _______________________________, __________?

didn't, you, did, you, homework, your

→ _______________________________, __________?

※ 다음 글을 읽고 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

Sora is reading an interesting book. The play is Romeo and Juliet. She looks so sad.

A: Romeo and Juliet is a sad story, _______ _______?

B: _______, _______ _______.

Mike likes computer games. He plays them very well. He is playing an interesting computer game now.

A: Mike doesn't like computer games, _______ _______?

B: _______, _______ _______.

Inho played soccer after school. He came home at six and watched TV after dinner. He is doing his homework.

A: Inho watched TV after did his homework, _______ _______?

B: _______, _______ _______.

※ 다음 대화의 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

Jane: Let's take a walk, _______

Mi-ae: That's a good idea.

① do we?	② will you?	③ shall we?	④ don't we?	⑤ do you?

Sujin: Oh. You really like basketball, don't you?

Minho: _______. Basketball is my favorite sport.

① Yes, I am.	② No, I don't.	③ Yes, I do.

④ No, I won't.	⑤ Yes, I will.

Hana: Excuse me. You are Ted, aren't you?

Ted: _______ Oh, you're Ha-na. Nice to see you.

① Yes, I am.	② No, I am not.	③ Yes, I do.

④ No, I don't.	⑤ Ye, I did.

A: The first president lived there, didn't he?

B: _______ The second president built the building.

① Yes, he does.	② No, he didn't.	③ Yes, he was.

④ No, he did.	⑤ No, he didn't.

Sujin: You're A-ram, aren't you?

U-ram: _______ A-ram is my sister.

① Yes, I do.	② No, I don't	③ Yes, I am.

④ No, I'm not.	⑤ Yes, I will.

Tim: Your uncle is a farmer, isn't he?

Nari: _______ He grows many interesting vegetables.

① Yes, he is.	② Yes, he was.	③ Yes, he does.

④ No, he isn't.	⑤ No, he wasn't.

A: You use e-mail, don't you?

B: _______ I use it.

① Yes, I did.	② No, I didn't.	③ Yes, I do.

④ No, I don't.	⑤ No, I am.

A: You like kimchi, don't you?

B: _______ But it is too hot for me.

① No, it doesn't.	② Yes, it is.	③ No, I don't.

④ Yes, I do.	⑤ No, they don't.

Jenny: Drawing a dinosaur is difficult, isn't it?

Ingyu: _______ It's very easy. You can draw it, too.

① Yes, it is.	② No, it isn't.	③ Yes, they are.

④ No, they aren't.	⑤ Yes, I can.

Insu: You went to an American middle school, didn't you?

Yumi: _______ I was in the seventh grade.

① No, I don't.	② Yes, I do.	③ No, it didn't.

④ Yes, I did.	⑤ No, I didn't.

A: You're very hungry, aren't you?

B: _______ But I don't have any money.

① Yes, I am.	② No, I am not.	③ Yes, you are.

④ No, you aren't.	⑤ Yes, I don't.

Linda: That is a new cap, isn't it?

Minho: _______ Do you like it?

① Yes, they are.	② Yes, it is.	③ Yes, I am.

④ No, they aren't.	⑤ No, it isn't.

Bob: You remember the concert last month, don't you?

Sujin: _______ The songs were wonderful!

① No, I didn't.	② No, I don't.	③ No, I am not.

④ Yes, I am.	⑤ Yes I did.

Sujin: You like her, don't you?

Minho: _______ But she doesn't like me.

① Yes, she is.	② Yes, she does.	③ Yes, I do.

④ No, she doesn't.	⑤ No, I don't.

A: You enjoyed yourself, didn't you?

B: _______ I had a good time.

① Yes, I did.	② No, I didn't.	③ Yes, I do.

④ No, I don't.	⑤ Yes, I was.

Inho: You are my partner, aren't you?

Susan: _______ Nice to meet you.

① Yes, you are.	② Yes, I am.	③ Yes, you do.

④ No, I am not.	⑤ No, you aren't.

Susan: He is a police officer, isn't he?

Inho: _______ He's a pilot.

① Yes, I am.	② Yes, he is	③ Yes, you are.

④ No, I am not.	⑤ No, he isn't.

Inho: You like bulgogi, don't you?

Susan: _______ It's delicious.

① No, it doesn't.	② No, it didn't.	③ No, I don't.

④ Yes, I do.	⑤ Yes, it doesn't.

Sora: Animals like music, don't they?

Mike: _______ Plants like music, too.

① Yes, it is.	② No, it isn't.	③ Yes, they do.

④ No, they don't.	⑤ Yes, they are.

Mike: There are some different customs, aren't there?

Sora: _______ We should learn about each other.

① Yes, there are.	② No, there aren't.	③ Yes, they are.

④ No, they aren't.	⑤ Yes, it is.

A: You like science, don't you?

B: _______ It's boring.

① Yes, I do.	② No, I don't.	③ Yes, it does.

④ No, it doesn't.	⑤ Yes, it is.

A: It's very hot today, isn't it?

B: _______ Why don't we go swimming?

B: That's a good idea.

① Yes, it is.	② No, it isn't.	③ Yes, I do.

④ No, I don't.	⑤ Yes, I am.

A: You want to join me, don't you?

B: _______ Maybe next time.

① Yes, I am.	② No, I am not.	③ Yes, I do.

④ No, I don't.	⑤ No, it doesn't.

A: You remember his name, don't you?

B: _______ I forgot it.

① Yes, I am.	② No, I am not	③ Yes, I do.

④ No, I don't.	⑤ Yes, it does.

A: He will leave in Seoul tonight, won't he?

B: _______ He will leave in Seoul tomorrow.

① Yes, he does.	② Yes, he did.	③ Yes, he will.

④ No, he doesn't.	⑤ No, he won't.

Mike: You need a pen-pal, don't you?

Minsu: _______ Can you find one?

① Yes, I am.	② Yes, I do.	③ Yes, I can.

④ No, I am not.	⑤ No, I don't.

Cathy: TV isn't bad, is it?

Sujin: _______ It's just a waste of time.

① Yes, it is.	② No, it isn't.	③ Yes, I am.

④ No, I don't.	⑤ Yes, I do.

※ 다음 밑줄친 부분이 어색한 것을 고르시오.

① You had breakfast, don't you?	② They are students, aren't they?

③ This is your glove, isn't it?	④ You want a pen-pal, don't you?

⑤ She doesn't go to school, does she?

① He is a good skater, isn't he?

② It was a great game, wasn't it?

③ They had a good time, didn't they?

④ Yumi doesn't like baseball, does Yumi?

⑤ Mrs. Smith can't drive a car, can she?

① Linda is going to the store, isn't she?

② It wasn't very difficult, was it?

③ Don't be angry, shall we?

④ They always celebrated that day, didn't they?

⑤ Your brother came home after nine, didn't he?

① Tony is sick, isn't he?

② Alex, read the book doesn't he?

③ The test was very difficult, wasn't it?

④ Let's play basketball this afternoon, shall we?

⑤ There's some milk in the refrigerator, isn't there?

① Let's go to the movies tonight, shall we?

② Judy won't go to bed early, will she?

③ Tony didn't like milk, did he?

④ It was a hot day, wasn't it?

⑤ Don't make a noise, do you?

※ 다음 우리말을 참고하여 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

A: Don't you like ice cream?

B: Yes, I ________. (아니, 좋아해) / No, I ________. (응, 안 좋아해)

A: Don't you like birds?

B: _______, _______ _______. (좋아합니다.)

※ 다음 대화의 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

A: Don't you think so?

B: ________. I think so, too.

A: Don't you go to school on Saturday, Mary?

B: ________, we don't.

A: Isn't Tim your brother?

B: ________, I don't have a brother.

A: Didn't you like the apples?

B: Yes, I ________.

A: Why are you late? Don't you walk to school?

B: _______, ________ ________. I go to school by bus.

A: Cathy, don't you like this book?

B: _______, ________ ________. I want to read it.

※ 다음 질문에 대한 답을 보기를 참고하여 주어진 낱말로 시작하여 쓰시오.

Don't you like English?

→ Yes, I like English.

→ No, I don't like English.

Don't you want to go to a mountain?

→ Yes, _____________________________.

Aren't you going to see a movie?

→ No, _____________________________.

Aren't you a student?

→ Yes, _____________________________.

Didn't you have lunch.

→ No, _____________________________.

※ 다음 주어진 문장을 보기처럼 바꾸어 쓰시오.

You don't like baseball. (No)

→ Don't you like baseball? - No I don't.

You don't play the piano. (Yes)

→

You aren't from America. (Yes)

→

She doesn't like ice cream. (No)

→

다음 밑줄친 부분이 어색한 것은?

A: ①Didn't ②you ③watch ④the TV program?

B: ⑤No, I did.

다음 대화의 빈칸에 들어가기에 어색한 것은?

A: Don't you like pizza?

B: ____________________

① Yes, I do.	② Yes, I like it.	③ I think so.

④ No, thanks.	⑤ No, I don't like it.

다음 대화의 내용으로 보아 질문에 알맞은 답은?

A: Aren't you Jim McDonald?

B: Oh, I remember you. We went to the same middle school.

A: Right. I'm Hanna.

[질문] Don't they know each other?

① No, they do.	② Yes, they do.	③ Yes, they have.

④ Yes, they don't.	⑤ No, they don't know.

※ 다음 대화의 빈칸에 알맞은 것을 고르시오.

A: Don't you know Mike?

B: _______________ I met him at Sumi's house.

① Sure, I can.	② No, I can't.	③ OK.

④ Yes, I do.	⑤ No, I don't.

A: Korea makes good things. Don't you thinks so?

B: ______________ I think so, too.

① Yes.	② No.	③ Of course not.

④ No, thanks.	⑤ Yes, please.

A: What do you want for lunch?

B: I want a hamburger. Don't you like hamburgers?

A: No, _________________.

① I like them	② I don't hate them

③ I don't like them	④ I hate an orange juice

⑤ I want a hamburger, too

3

A: Don't you like summer?

B: No, I don't. __________________.

① I like swimming.	② My favorite season is summer.

③ Summer is too hot for me.	④ We can go to the beach.

⑤ Everybody likes summer vacation.

제 10 장 현재진행형, 과거진행형, 현재완료

제 10 장 현재진행형, 과거진행형, 현재완료

1. 현재진행형은 am/are/is + 동사원형의 ing로 어떤 동작이 현재에 진행 중이라는 표현으로 '～하고 있는 중이다', '～하고 있다'로 해석한다.

․ I read a book. → I am reading a book.

․ They are not swimming. [부정문]

․ Is Mike studying English? [의문문]

- Yes, he is. / No, he isn't.

2. 과거진행형은 was/were + 동사원형의 ing로 어떤 동작이 과거에 진행 중이였다는 표현으로 '～하고 있는 중이었다', '～하고 있었다'로 해석한다.

․ I was reading a book.

․ They were not swimming. [부정문]

․ Was Mike studying English? [의문문]

- Yes, he was. / No, he wasn't.

(1) 진행형(현재분사) 만드는 방법
대부분의 동사	동사원형에 -ing	go → going
e로 끝나는 동사	동사원형에 e를 빼고 -ing	come → coming
‘단모음+단자음‘인 동사	자음을 한번 더 쓰고 -ing	get → getting

(2) 소유, 감정, 인식, 지각의 동사는 진행형을 쓸 수 없다.

have, belong, like, love, know, see, hear...

․ I am liking you. (X) → I like you. (O)

․ I am knowing Su-mi. (X) → I know Sumi. (O)

․ He is having a new shirt. (X) → He has a new shirt. (O)

[비교] They are having breakfast in the kitchen. (O)

3. 현재완료는 have(has) + 과거분사(pp)의 형태 과거에 일어난 일이 현재까지 영향을 미치거나 현재와 관계 있을 때 쓰이는 표현으로 경험, 완료, 결과, 계속 4가지로 쓰인다.

(시간) ------------과거-------------현재-----------미래----->

have + pp

(1) 과거와 현재완료의 의미상 차이

- 과거시제는 과거에 초점이 맞추어져 있다.

- 현재완료는 과거 이전부터 현재까지 일어난 일을 나타내기 위한 것으로서 그 초점은 어디까지나 현재의 상태를 나타내려는 데 있다.

․ She went to Seoul. (과거 서울에 갔는데 지금 어디 있는지 모른다)

․ She has gone to Seoul. (과거 서울에 갔는데 지금도 서울에 있다.)

(2) 현재완료의 부정문과 의문문

- 부정문: have 또는 has 뒤에 not(never)

- 의문문: have 또는 has를 문장 앞으로

․ She has not (hasn't) lived in Seoul.

․ They have not (haven't) lived in Seoul.

․ I have never lived in Seoul.

․ Has she lived in Seoul? - Yes, she has.

․ Have you lived in Seoul? - No, I haven't.

(3) 현재완료의 4가지 쓰임

① 경험 - 과거의 어느 때부터 현재까지의 경험

② 완료 - 과거에 시작한 일이 현재에 막 완료되었음

③ 결과 - 과거에 어떤 상태가 현재에도 같은 상태

④ 계속 - 과거에 시작된 동작이나 상태가 현재까지 계속

․ Have you ever been to America? - Yes, I have. / No, I haven't.

․ I have just finished my homework.

․ She has lost it. → She lost it and she doesn't have it now.

․ I have lived in Seoul since 1930. ․ She has lived in Seoul for 3 years.

※ 다음 동사의 현재분사형(～ing형)을 쓰시오.

am	are	is

arrive	begin	bring

call	clean	come

cry	cut	dance

die	do	drive

drop	eat	fly

get	go	have

hear	hit	jog

keep	leave	live

make	meet	move

ride	ring	run

sing	sleep	stop

study	swim	take

wake	win	write

※ 주어진 문장을 지시대로 고치시오. (의문문은 주어진 말로 대답하시오.)

He studies English.

현재진행형:

현재진행형의 부정문:

현재진행형의 의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

과거진행형:

과거진행형의 부정문:

과거진행형의 의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

She runs after her dog.

현재진행형:

현재진행형의 부정문:

현재진행형의 의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

과거진행형:

과거진행형의 부정문:

과거진행형의 의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

His mother helps many poor people.

현재진행형:

현재진행형의 부정문:

현재진행형의 의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

과거진행형:

과거진행형의 부정문:

과거진행형의 의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

Her brothers wait for a bus.

현재진행형:

현재진행형의 부정문:

현재진행형의 의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

과거진행형:

과거진행형의 부정문:

과거진행형의 의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

You read a newspaper.

현재진행형:

현재진행형의 부정문:

현재진행형의 의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

과거진행형:

과거진행형의 부정문:

과거진행형의 의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

They make some cookies for us.

현재진행형:

현재진행형의 부정문:

현재진행형의 의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

과거진행형:

과거진행형의 부정문:

과거진행형의 의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

Their friends do their homework.

현재진행형:

현재진행형의 부정문:

현재진행형의 의문문:	/ No, ______ ______.

과거진행형:

과거진행형의 부정문:

과거진행형의 의문문:	/ Yes, ______ ______.

What do you do on Sunday?

현재진행형:

과거진행형:

What does Tony do on Sunday?

현재진행형:

과거진행형:

※ 다음 괄호 안에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

I (am, was) doing my homework at that time.

You were (clean, cleaning) your room.

Jane and I (are, were) watching TV yesterday.

I (am, was) helping my mother in the kitchen now.

He was (listen, listening) to the radio at that time.

She (didn't, wasn't) playing the piano then.

We were (look, looking) at the map.

He (sleeps, was sleeping) when I called him.

I (like, am liking) you.

He (has, is having) a brother.

They (have, are having) breakfast now.

It (is, was) getting dark when I left home.

Mary (is, was) playing tennis now.

Mike is (runing, running).

The boys (was, were) going to school.

The teacher (was, were) talking to his students.

The men (was, were) riding horses.

People (was, were) working in the farm.

※ 다음은 미나의 하루 일과이다. 보기와 같이 문장을 완성하시오.

[보기] It's 4:00 a.m. She is sleeping.

6:00 a.m.～7:00 a.m.	Exercise and take a shower

7:00 a.m.～7:30 a.m.	Have breakfast

7:30 a.m.～8:00 a.m.	Go to school

8:00 a.m.～4:00 p.m.	Study at school

4:00 p.m.～6:00 p.m.	Play with friends

6:00 p.m.～7:00 p.m.	Have dinner

7:00 p.m.～9:00 p.m.	Do homework

9:00 p.m.～10:00 p.m.	Watch TV

10:00 p.m.～6:00 a.m.	Sleep

It's 6:30 a.m. ___________________________________

It's 7:10 a.m. ___________________________________

It's 7:40 a.m. ___________________________________

It's 10:20 a.m. ___________________________________

It's 5:00 p.m. ___________________________________

It's 6:30 p.m. ___________________________________

It's 7:40 p.m. ___________________________________

It's 9:15 p.m. ___________________________________

※ 다음은 소라의 지난주 일과표이다. 보기와 문장을 완성하시오.

[보기] It was 4:00 a.m. She was sleeping.

6:00 a.m.～7:00 a.m.	Exercise and take a shower

7:00 a.m.～7:30 a.m.	Have breakfast

7:30 a.m.～8:00 a.m.	Go to school

8:00 a.m.～4:00 p.m.	Study at school

4:00 p.m.～6:00 p.m.	Play with friends

6:00 p.m.～7:00 p.m.	Have dinner

7:00 p.m.～9:00 p.m.	Do homework

9:00 p.m.～10:00 p.m.	Watch TV

10:00 p.m.～6:00 a.m.	Sleep

It was 6:30 a.m. ___________________________________

It was 7:10 a.m. ___________________________________

It was 7:40 a.m. ___________________________________

It was 10:20 a.m. ___________________________________

It was 5:00 p.m. ___________________________________

It was 6:30 p.m. ___________________________________

It was 7:40 p.m. ___________________________________

It was 9:15 p.m. ___________________________________

※ 다음 우리말과 같도록 문장을 완성하시오.

He ________________ English. (그는 영어를 공부한다.)

He ________________ English. (그는 영어를 공부했다.)

He ________________ English. (그는 영어 공부 중이다.)

He ________________ English. (그는 영어 공부 중이었다.)

You ________________ to school. (너는 학교에 간다.)

You ________________ to school. (너는 학교에 갔다.)

You ________________ to school. (너는 학교에 가고 있다.)

You ________________ to school. (너는 학교에 가고 있었다.)

※ 다음 주어진 문장을 보기와 같이 바꾸어 쓰시오.

Father reads a newspaper.

→ Father is reading a newspaper.

Mother makes cookies.

I study English.

They played baseball.

Mike worked in the garden.

They don't swim in the sea.

I didn't look for a book.

Does Sora listen to the radio?

Did Sora and Inho watch TV?

What did you do last night?

What does Mike do after school?

※ 다음 주어진 낱말을 문맥에 맞게 고쳐 쓰시오.

I ____________ to the movies yesterday. (go)

I ____________ newspapers now. (read)

I ____________ my grandparents tomorrow. (visit)

I ____________ TV then. (watch)

※ 다음 대화에서 괄호 안의 낱말을 알맞은 형태로 바꾸어 쓰시오.

A: Who (listen) to the music?

B: Roy is.

A: What is he (do)?

B: He is (cut) trees in the garden.

A: Are they (study) English?

B: No, they aren't.

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

A: Where ________ she usually read a book?	B: In her room.

A: Where ________ she reading a book now?	B: In her room.

A: Where ________ she reading a book yesterday?	B: In her room.

A: Where ________ she read a book yesterday?	B: In her room.

다음 괄호 안의 주어진 낱말을 활용하여 진행형으로 빈칸을 완성하시오.

Yesterday, Inho _______________ (wear) a blue shirt. He _______________ (clean) up the classroom. Today, he _______________ (wear) a red shirt. He _______________ (talk) with Susan.

다음 괄호 안의 말을 올바른 형태로 고치시오.

Today was my second day in the U.S. I was ⓐ(walk) to school. A woman said "Hi" to me. I didn't know the woman. Why ⓑ(do) she say "Hi" to me? I was ⓒ(study) in the library after school. A student blew her nose. It was very loud, but she was not sorry about that. Why ⓓ(don't) she say "Excuse me" to others? How different our customs are!

ⓐ __________	ⓑ __________	ⓒ __________	ⓓ __________

※ 다음 내용에 맞게 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 넣으시오.

Tom eat lunch at noon. It's 12 o'clock. He ____________ lunch now.

My family watches TV after dinner. We ate dinner. We ____________ TV now.

Inho and his friends play baseball on Sundays. It's Sunday. They ___________ baseball now.

※ 다음 주어진 내용을 참고하여 대화의 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

I ate lunch at noon.

A: What were you doing at noon?

B: _______________________________________

She listened to the radio after dinner.

A: What was she doing after dinner?

B: _______________________________________

Mike went shopping with Mom last Sunday.

A: What was Mike doing last Sunday?

B: _______________________________________

※ 다음 그림을 참고하여 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

What was Mr. Brown doing?

→ He ________________ on the phone.

What was Mrs. Brown doing?

→ She ________________ TV

What was Jimmy doing?

→ He ________________ the house.

What was Linda doing?

→ She ________________ a book.

※ 다음 대답을 보고 질문하는 문장을 쓰시오.

A: ________________________________

B: Yes, I am washing the dishes.

A: ________________________________

B: Yes, they were doing their homeworks.

A: ________________________________

B: Yes, he was watching TV.

※ 다음 주어진 문장의 어색한 부분을 고치시오.

She is listen to music.

He not is washing his hair.

Do you watching TV now?

You are makeing a cake.

He looking for a book about music.

He is having a sister.

What are you doing at that time?

※ 다음 괄호 안의 낱말을 순서대로 배열하시오.

playing / are / the / football / they / on / playground / .

book / I / looking / am / for / a / .

sleeping / where / Peter / is / ?

doing / were / they / homeworks / their / ?

was / he / TV / not / watching / .

다음 빈칸에 들어갈 수 없는 것은?

Tom's sister is ______________.

① singing a song	② very kind	③ a good nurse

④ plays the violin	⑤ walking in the park

밑줄친 부분이 어색한 것은?

Miss Shin ①is sleeping. Mr. Kim ②is reading a book. What ③is Jane does now? ④She's cleaning in the room. How about Sujin? She ④is watching TV.

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

________ she reading a book?

① Does	② Do	③ Is	④ Am	⑤ Are

________ she read a book?

① Does	② Do	③ Is	④ Am	⑤ Are

A: What do you do every morning?

B: I _______ a newspaper.

① read	② reading	③ am reading

④ was reading	⑤ readed

A: What are you doing now?

B: I ______ English.

① study	② studying	③ am studing

④ am study	⑤ am studying

A: What were you doing last night at 7:00?

B: ________________________

① I sleep.	② I slept.	③ I will sleep.

④ I am sleeping.	⑤ I was sleeping.

A: What are you doing now?

B: _____________________

① You read a book.	② I'll play the piano.

③ We'll go swimming.	④ Yes, I'm doing it now.

⑤ We're doing our homework.

A: Is he walking?

B: __________ He's running.

① Yes, he is.	② No, he isn't.	③ He's not dancing.

④ Yes, he does.	⑤ No, he doesn't.

Mina: Hi, Ingyu. _____________

Ingyu: I‘m studying math.

① What you doing?	② What do you do?

③ What did you do?	④ What are you doing?

⑤ What were you doing?

다음 대화의 내용과 일치하는 것은?

In-ho: Hello.

Susan: Hello. Can I talk to Inho?

In-ho: This is he. Who's calling, please?

Susan: Hi, Inho. This is Susan.

In-ho: Hi, Susan.

Susan: What are you doing now?

In-ho: I'm watching TV. How about you?

Susan: I'm doing my homework.

① Susan is watching TV.

② Susan is talking to Inho's mother.

③ Inho is talking on the phone.

④ Inho is doing her homework.

⑤ Susan and Inho are talking about their hobby.

※ 다음 주어진 문장이 어색한 것을 고르시오.

① They are running.	② I am liking her.

③ Mary is having lunch.	④ John is doing his homework.

⑤ We are talking about Sports.

① He is having a car.	② I am studying math.

③ She is eating lunch.	④ We are playing on the ground.

⑤ Many people are swimming at the beach.

① It's raining hard in London today.

② It's snowing now.

③ Lots of people are swiming at the beach.

④ Some children are making snowmen in the park.

⑤ Many people are carrying umbrellas.

※ 다음 주어진 문장이 올바른 것을 고르시오.

① They were enjoy the holiday.	② He is having a new shirt.

③ She talking about the weather.	④ Was Mike studying English?

⑤ I was reading the class newspaper now.

① I'm makeing a card.

② I drawing a cake and candles!

③ I'm writeing about the capital of France.

④ Some young people are walk in the rain.

⑤ One day, a crow is flying over a road.

① Sumi, what do you doing?

② Jack walking down to the toy shop.

③ My mom and I am making cookies.

④ They was looking for the post office.

⑤ A woman was standing near the dog.

※ 다음 동사의 과거분사형(pp형)을 쓰시오.

am	are	is

become	begin	break

bring	build	buy

carry	catch	choose

come	cry	cut

do	draw	drink

drive	eat	enjoy

fall	feel	fight

find	forget	get

give	go	grow

have	hear	hide

hit	hold	keep

know	lend	leave

let	lose	live

make	mean	meet

move	play	put

ride	ring	run

say	see	sell

send	sing	sit

sleep	speak	spend

stand	swim	take

teach	tell	wear

win	work	worry

write

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

________ your father been to America?

① Have	② Has	③ Do	④ Does	⑤ Did

________ you bought an apple?

① Have	② Has	③ Do	④ Does	⑤ Did

________ she live in Seoul in 1990?

① Have	② Has	③ Do	④ Does	⑤ Did

________ you live in Seoul in 1990?

① Have	② Has	③ Do	④ Does	⑤ Did

________ you been there before?

① Have	② Has	③ Do	④ Does	⑤ Did

Have you ever _______ about electronic books?

① hear	② hears	③ heares	④ heared	⑤ heard

Have you ever _______ a UFO?

① see	② sees	③ saw	④ seen	⑤ seed

Have you ever _______ a horse?

① ride	② rides	③ rode	④ rided	⑤ ridden

Have you ever _______ skiing?

① go	② goes	③ gone	④ went	⑤ goed

Have you ever _______ first place?

① take	② taken	③ took	④ taked	⑤ takes

Have you ever _______ turkey?

① eat	② ate	③ eats	④ eaten	⑤ eating

He has _______ a letter to her.

① write	② wrote	③ written	④ writing	⑤ writed

I have lived here _______ two years.

① in	② for	③ since	④ while	⑤ during

I have lived in Seoul _______ 1930.

① in	② for	③ since	④ while	⑤ during

How long have you _______ in Korea?

① be	② being	③ been	④ gone	⑤ going

Winter is over and spring has ____________.

① come	② came	③ to come	④ comed	⑤ to came

※ 다음 주어진 문장을 보기와 같이 고쳐 쓰시오.

Bill began to make a card yesterday.

→ Bill has made a card.

Ann began to write a letter this morning.

→ Ann _____________________ a letter.

Ted began to clean the room then.

→ Ted _____________________ the room.

Jim began to cook food two hours ago.

→ They __________________ food for two hours.

※ 다음 두 문장을 한 문장으로 할 때 빈칸에 알맞은 것을 고르시오.

She went to America. She isn't here now.

→ She _________ to America.

① is coming	② has come	③ has gone

④ was coming	⑤ has came

She lost her watch. She doesn't have it now.

→ She _________ her watch.

① has	② has lost	③ has lose

④ is losing	⑤ was losing

I began to live here six years ago. I still live here.

→ I _________ here for six years.

① lived	② am living	③ have live

④ have lived	⑤ have living

※ 다음 어색한 부분을 바르게 고치고, 현재완료의 용법을 쓰시오.

The doctor has is here for 10 years.

I never have seen a kangaroo.

She hasn't seen the show yesterday.

He has just finish the work.

I have be to New York before.

You have gone to her country.

They have lived in Seoul since ten years.

Has Tom came back already?

He has been busy last week.

I saw him a week ago. But I didn't see him since then.

Minho has finished his work just now.

How long did you stayed in Korea?

I have gone to America before.

I have lost the bag two days ago.

Alex has been in Korea for 1990.

※ 다음 괄호 안의 지시대로 쓰시오.

They have lived here for six years. (부정문)

The train has started. (부정문)

He has gone to England.

(의문문)	(부정으로 대답)

You have painted the fence.

(의문문)	(긍정으로 대답)

I have been married for four years.

(밑줄친 부분을 묻는 의문문)

다음 주어진 문장이 어색한 것은?

① I have written my last letter.

② It has rained a lot yesterday.

③ I have been in Busan for 20 years.

④ Mina has studied English very hard since 2002.

⑤ Since the 1850s, soccer has become popular in England.

다음 주어진 문장이 올바른 것은?

① I have just finish making model plane.

② He have lived in Seoul all his life.

③ They have already saw the movie.

④ I have been to Busan twice.

⑤ He has been away from home since one year.

다음 밑줄친 부분과 용법이 보기와 같은 것은?

I have met Mr. Smith before.

① He has gone to America.	② I have been to Seoul many times.

③ He has just arrived in Korea.	④ Mom has been sick for a weeks.

⑤ They have lived in this house since 2000.

제 11 장 기수, 서수, 요일, 달, 시각

제 11 장 기수, 서수, 요일, 달, 시각

1. 기수와 서수

	기수	서수		기수	서수
1	one	first	21	twenty-one	twenty-first
2	two	second	22	twenty-two	twenty-second
3	three	third	23	twenty-three	twenty-third
4	four	fourth	24	twenty-four	twenty-fourth
5	five	fifth	25	twenty-five	twenty-fifth
6	six	sixth	26	twenty-six	twenty-sixth
7	seven	seventh	27	twenty-seven	twenty-seventh
8	eight	eighth	28	twenty-eight	twenty-eighth
9	nine	ninth	29	twenty-nine	twenty-ninth
10	ten	tenth	30	thirty	thirtieth
11	eleven	eleventh	40	forty	fortieth
12	twelve	twelfth	50	fifty	fiftieth
13	thirteen	thirteenth	60	sixty	sixtieth
14	fourteen	fourteenth	70	seventy	seventieth
15	fifteen	fifteenth	80	eighty	eightieth
16	sixteen	sixteenth	90	ninety	ninetieth
17	seventeen	seventeenth	100	hundred	hundredth
18	eighteen	eighteenth	1000	thousand	thousandth
19	nineteen	nineteenth
20	twenty	twentieth

2. 요일과 달

요일	월 Monday	화 Tuesday	수 Wednesday	목 Thursday	금 Friday	토 Saturday	일 Sunday

달	1월 January	2월 February	3월 March	4월 April	5월 May	6월 June
	7월 July	8월 August	9월 September	10월 October	11월 November	12월 December

3. 시각 묻고 답하기

(1) 몇 시입니까?

․ What time is it? (What time ≠ When)

= What's the time?

= What time do you have?

= Do you have the time?

[비교] Do you have time? = Are you free?

(2) 몇 시 몇 분입니다.

․ It is O시 O분.

= It is O분 전 O시.

= It is O분 지난 O시. (전: before, to / 지난: after, past)

[참고] ․ a quarter: 15분	․ half: 30분

․ It's two five. = It's five after two.

․ It's ten fifty. = It's ten before eleven.

․ It is seven thirty. = It is half past seven.

․ It is eight fifteen. = It is a quarter to eight.

4. 숫자 읽는 방법

- 큰 수 : 세 자리씩 끊어 읽는다.

․ 10,000 - ten thousand	․ 1,000,000 - one million

- 연도 : 두 자리씩 나누어 읽는다.

․ 1800 - eighteen hundred	․ 1995 - nineteen ninety-five

- 월, 일 : 보통 서수로 읽는다.

․ 3월 10일 - March (the) tenth = March ten = the tenth of March

- 전화 번호 : 한 자리씩 읽는다.

․ 302-1234 - three o(zero) two, one two three four

- 화폐

․ $4.30 - four dollars (and) thirty (cents)

5. 미국 화폐의 종류

[동전] 1 cent 5 cents 10 cents 25 cents 50 cents 1 dollar 2 dollars	[지폐] 1 dollar 2 dollars 5 dollars 10 dollars 20 dollars 50 dollars 100 dollars	[참고] 1 cent = 1 penny 5 cents = 1 nickel 10 cents = 1 dime 25 cents = 1 quarter $1 = 100 cents = 10 dimes = 4 quarters

6. 사칙연산

․ 2 + 3 = 5	→ 2 plus 3 equals 5. → Two and three is five.

․ 9 - 5 = 4	→ 9 minus 5 equals 4. → Five from nine is four.

․ 2 × 4 = 8	→ 2 times 4 equals 8. → Two fours are eight.

․ 10 ÷ 5 = 2	→ 10 divided by 5 equals 2. → Five into ten goes two times.

다음 표의 빈칸을 채우시오.

	기수	서수		기수	서수
1			21
2			22
3			23
4			24
5			25
6			26
7			27
8			28
9			29
10			30
11			40
12			50
13			60
14			70
15			80
16			90
17			100
18			1000
19
20

달	1월	2월	3월	4월	5월	6월
	7월	8월	9월	10월	11월	12월

요일	월	화	수	목	금	토	일

※ 다음 단어를 대표할 수 있는 낱말을 주어진 철자로 시작하여 쓰시오.

s__________: spring, summer, fall, winter

m__________: September, October, November, January

u__________: twenty, hundred, million, thousand

※ 다음 아라비아 숫자를 영어로 쓰시오.

10: _____________	100: _____________

1,000: _____________	10,000: _____________

100,000: _____________	1,000,000: _____________

1,000,000,000: _____________

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오

There are ________ days in a week.

There are ________ months in a year.

There are ________ minutes in an hour.

There are ________ seasons in a year.

She's in the fourth grade. She will be the ________ grade.

I was in the seventh grade. I am in the ________ grade.

We're in the ________ grade. Soon we'll be in the second grade.

In Korea we have four seasons: ______, ______, ______, and ______.

※ 다음은 미국 동전의 종류이다. 보기에서 해당하는 것을 고르시오.

ⓐ 1 cent ⓑ 5 cents ⓒ 10 cents ⓓ 25 cents

a dime	a nickel

a penny	a quarter

※ 다음 각각 다른 숫자 써서 빈칸을 완성하시오.

________ + five - ________ + three = fifteen.

________ + five - ________ + three = fifteen.

________ + five - ________ + three = fifteen.

________ + five - ________ + three = fifteen.

________ - twenty + ________ + forty = one hundred.

________ - twenty + ________ + forty = one hundred.

________ - twenty + ________ + ten = one hundred.

________ - twenty + ________ + ten = one hundred.

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

first - ________ - ________ - fourth - ________ - sixth

________ - ________ - tenth - eleventh - ________

eighteenth - ________ - ________ - twenty-first

thirtieth - ________ - ________ - sixtieth - ________ - eightieth

※ 다음 아래 표의 서수에 해당하는 알파벳을 순서대로 배열하면 어떤 단어가 된다. 단어와 그 뜻을 쓰시오.

1st	2nd	3rd	4th	5th	6th	7th	8th	9th	10th	11th	12th	13th
a	b	c	d	e	f	g	h	i	j	k	l	m
14th	15th	16th	17th	18th	19th	20th	21st	22nd	23rd	24th	25th	26th
n	o	p	q	r	s	t	u	v	w	x	y	z

third - eighth - first - fourteenth - seventh - fifth

fifteenth - eighteenth - fourth - fifth - eighteenth

third - twelfth - fifth - eighteenth - eleventh

※ 다음 단어의 관계가 올바르지 않는 것을 고르시오.

① one - first	② two - second	③ three - third

④ four - fourth	⑤ five - fiveth

① seven - seventh	② eight - eighth	③ nine - nineth

④ eleven - eleventh	⑤ twelve - twelfth

다음 숫자 읽기가 어색한 것을 고르시오.

① 2000년 : two thousand	② 3,000 : three thousand

③ 1988 : nineteen eighty-eight	④ 10,000 : one hundred thousand

⑤ 150,000 : one hundred fifty thousand

① 40 : forty	② 32,000 : three two thousand

③ 6,300 : sixty-three hundred	④ 888 : eight hundred eighty-eight

⑤ 1,500 : one thousand and five hundred

다음 질문에 대한 응답에서 가장 큰 숫자가 나오는 것은?

① How many hands do you have?

② How many fingers do you have?

③ How many days are there in a week?

④ How many seasons are there in a year?

⑤ How many months are there in a year?

다음 밑줄친 숫자가 가장 큰 것은?

① We need eleven players to make a soccer team.

② They play for about an hour and a half.

③ Between classes there is a three-minute break.

④ Miss Shin is twenty-nine years old and she is single.

⑤ Kimchi was born in Korea about thirteen hundred years ago.

다음 물건의 가격을 나타낸 것이 어색한 것은?

① The cap is 15 dollars.

② The pen is five hundreds won.

③ The CD is one thousand won.

④ The sneakers are forty five dollars.

⑤ The concert ticket is six thousand won.

다음 밑줄친 부분을 숫자로 올바르게 읽은 것은?

A: How much is it?

B: It's thirteen thousand five hundred forty won.

① 14,450	② 13,550	③ 1,354

④ 1,300	⑤ 13,540

대화에서 손님이 지불한 물건값은 얼마인가?

A: May I help you?

B: Well, I am looking for a sweater.

A: how about this?

B: I like it. How much is it?

A: It's twenty two thousand won.

① 2,000원	② 20,000원	③ 22,000원

④ 200,000원	⑤ 220,000원

다음 괄호 안의 가격을 나타낸 것이 어색한 것은?

① The cap is ten dollars. ($10)

② The pencil is three hundred won. (300 won)

③ The sneakers are forty five dollars. ($45)

④ The CD is ten hundred won. (10,000 won)

⑤ The movie ticket is six thousand won. (6,000 won)

다음 괄호 안의 가격을 올바르게 나타낸 것은?

A: How much is this bag?

B: ________________ (20,000원)

① It's two hundred won.	② It's two thousand won.

③ It's twenty hundred won.	④ It's twenty thousand won.

⑤ It's two thousand and two hundred won.

다음 대화에서 밑줄친 부부에 해당하는 금액은?

U-RAM: How much is it?

A GIRL: It's six thousand three hundred won.

U-RAM: Here's seven thousand won.

A GIRL: Thanks. Here's your change. Enjoy your meal.

U-RAM: Thanks a lot.

① six thousand won	② three hundred won

③ seven thousand won	④ seven hundred won

⑤ six thousand three hundred won.

※ 다음 대화의 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

A: May I help you?

B: Yes, I want some apples.

A: It's 500 won for one.

B: I want four. How much are they?

A: _________________

① Four.	② I want four.	③ It's 500 won.

④ It's 2,000 won	⑤ It's 10,000 won.

A: Can I help you?

B: Yes, I'd like to order one cheeseburger and a cola.

A: OK, one cheeseburger is two dollars and ten cents. One cola is fifty-nine cents. That makes _____________.

B: Here is 3 dollars.

A: OK. Here is your change.

① two dollars and sixty-nine cents	② five dollars and ten cents

③ thirty-one cents	④ five dollars and fifty-nine cents

⑤ two dollars and seventy-nine cents

A: Can I help you?

B: Yes, I'll have a big burger, a small French fries, and a large cola.

A: OK. A big burger is two dollars and twenty-nine cents, a small French fries is seventy-nine cents, and a large cola is one dollar and nineteen cents. That makes four dollars and twenty-seventy cents.

B: Here's five dollars.

A: Your change is ______________. Thank and enjoy it.

B: Thanks.

① sixty-three cents

② seventy-three cents

③ ninety dollars and twenty-seventy cents

④ ninety dollars and sixty-seventy cents

⑤ four dollars and twenty-seventy cents

다음의 대화가 순서대로 짝지어진 것은?

ⓐ Here is 5 dollars.

ⓑ OK. One burger is $2.25. That makes $4.5

ⓒ Can I help you?

ⓓ Yes, I'd like two burgers.

ⓔ OK. Here is your change.

① ⓐ-ⓑ-ⓒ-ⓓ-ⓔ	② ⓒ-ⓑ-ⓓ-ⓐ-ⓔ	③ ⓒ-ⓓ-ⓑ-ⓐ-ⓔ

④ ⓒ-ⓐ-ⓑ-ⓓ-ⓔ	⑤ ⓑ-ⓓ-ⓒ-ⓐ-ⓔ

다음 메뉴판을 참고하여 대화의 빈칸에 들어갈 말이 어색한 것은?

Burgers Hamburger $2.90 Cheeseburger $2.10 Chickenburger $3.50	Others Doughnut 89￠ Ice Cream $1.20	Drinks Cola 59￠ Milk 79￠ Juice 89￠

A: Can I help you?

B: Yes, I'd like to order ①_________.

A: OK, one cheeseburger is ②_________. One cola is ③_________. That makes ④_________.

B: Here is 3 dollars.

A: OK. Here is your change, ⑤_________.

① one cheeseburger and a cola	② two dollars and ten cents

③ eight-nine cents	④ two dollars and sixty-nine cents

⑤ thirty-one cents

다음 글을 밑줄친 부분에 대한 응답은?

Put three numbers four, five, and six in a row. Write down the three numbers backwards. Subtract the smaller from the larger numbers. What's the answer?

① 456	② 654	③ 202	④ 111	⑤ 198

※ 다음 대화를 읽고 물음에 답하시오.

A: ⓐCan I help you?

B: Yes, I'd like to order a big burger, a large French fries, and a small drink.

A: OK, one big burger is $2.35. One large French fries is 99 cents, and a small drink is $1.20. That makes ⓑ$4.54.

B: Here is 5 dollars.

A: OK, here is your change.

위 대화의 밑줄친 ⓐ와 의미가 같은 말은?

① How much is it?	② What is it?

③ What do you mean?	④ What can I do for you?

⑤ What would you like to help me?

위 대화에서 밑줄친 ⓑ를 바르게 읽은 것은?

① four dollars and fifty-four cents	② fifty-four cents and four dollars

③ four dollars and five-four cents	④ five-four cents and four dollars

⑤ four dollar and fifty-four cent

위 대화가 이루어지는 곳은?

① On the street.	② In a bank	③ In a fast restaurant.

④ In an airport.	⑤ In a ticket office.

How much was the change?

① It is $9.54.	② It is 64 cents.	③ It is $4.54.

④ It is 5 dollars.	⑤ It is 46 cents.

※ 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오.

Min-su and Mike were on their way home. They were hungry. They wanted to eat a hamburger. They entered a fast food restaurant. It was crowded. The clerk asked Min-su, “Can I help you?“ “Yes, I'd like to order two big burgers and two large French fries,“ Min-su said. “OK, two big burgers are 2,800 won. Two large French fries are 1,800 won. That makes ________ won,“ said the clerk. “Here is 5,000 won,“ Min-su said. “OK. Here is your change. Thank you and enjoy it,“ the clerk said.

위 글의 빈칸에 알맞은 말은?

① 4600 won	② 2800 won	③ 1800 won	④ 1400 won	⑤ 900 won

How much is a burger?

① 4600 won	② 2800 won	③ 1800 won	④ 1400 won	⑤ 900 won

How much is the change?

① 9600 won	② 4600 won	③ 5000 won	④ 1200 won	⑤ 400 won

※ 다음 주어진 시각을 보기처럼 두 가지 방법으로 쓰시오.

1시 7분

→ It's one seven.

→ It's seven past one.

2시 13분

→	→

3시 25분

→	→

5시 36분

→	→

6시 41분

→	→

9시 54분

→	→

10시 59분

→	→

11시 1분

→	→

12시 9분

→	→

1시 22분

→	→

10시 39분

→	→

9시 48분

→	→

7시 55분

→	→

6시 6분

→	→

5시 14분

→	→

4시 21분

→	→

3시 33분

→	→

2시 41분

→	→

1시 53분

→	→

2시 6분

→	→

3시 19분

→	→

4시 28분

→	→

5시 35분

→	→

6시 46분

→	→

7시 57분

→	→

※ 다음 주어진 시각을 보기처럼 두 가지 방법으로 쓰시오.

1: 07	→ It's one seven. → It's seven past one.

7 : 45

→	→

8 : 10

→	→

4 : 30

→	→

2 : 15

→	→

다음 시각을 묻는 말이 아닌 것은?

① What time do you have?	② What time is it?

③ Do you have time?	④ What's the time?

⑤ Can you tell me the time?

다음 시각을 나타낸 것이 어색한 것은?

① 3시 정각 - It's three o'clock.	② 8시 20분 - It's eight twenty.

③ 2시 15분 - It's two fifty.	④ 9시 10분 - It's nine ten.

⑤ 10시 30분 - It's ten thirty.

다음 밑줄친 부분과 같은 표현은?

A: What time is it?

B: It's ten to five.

① It's five ten.	② It's four fifty.	③ It's five fifty.

④ It's nine fifty-five.	⑤ It's ten fifty-five.

다음 대화의 빈칸에 들어가기에 어색한 것은?

A: What time is it now?

B: _________________

① Two fifteen.	② At ten o'clock.	③ It's five forty.

④ It's half past six.	⑤ It's ten to three.

다음 주어진 시각을 바르게 읽지 못한 것은?

7 : 15

① It's seven fifteen.	② It's fifteen past seven.

③ It's fifteen after seven.	④ It's fifteen to seven.

⑤ It's a quarter past seven.

※ 다음 시각을 올바르게 표현한 것을 고르시오.

8 : 15

① It's nine to a quarter.	② It's a quarter to nine.

③ It's a quarter past nine.	④ It's fifteen eight.

⑤ It's fifteen to eight.

3 : 50

① It's fifty three.	② It's ten to four.	③ It's four to ten.

④ It's ten past four.	⑤ It's four past ten.

※ 다음 대화에서 나타난 현재 시각을 고르시오.

A: I'm tired. Let's take a break.

B: But it's still very early, isn't it?

A: No, it's eight thirty. The news is on. Let's watch it.

①	②	③	④	⑤

9: 50

5: 45

8: 30

10: 10

6: 15

A: What time is it?

B: it's a quarter to six.

A: Oh, my favorite sports show is on TV right now.

①	②	③	④	⑤

9: 50

5: 45

8: 30

10: 10

6: 15

A: Mom, what time do you have?

B: It's ten to ten.

A: The evening movie is on. Can I watch it?

①	②	③	④	⑤

9: 50

5: 45

8: 30

10: 10

6: 15

※ 다음 두 문이 같도록 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

It is twelve p.m. o'clock. = It's ________.

It is twelve a.m. o'clock. = It's ________.

It's two two. = It's two ________ two.

It's two to two. = It's ________ fifty-eight.

It's five forty-five. = It's a _________ to six.

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 계절을 보기에서 골라 쓰시오.

spring, summer, winter, fall

Summer comes after ________.

Spring comes after ________.

Fall comes before ________.

It's warm and pleasant in ________.

________ begins in March.

It is cold and windy in ________.

In ________ it is clear and cool.

In ________ it's hot.

Many flowers come up in ________.

________ is the last season of the year.

Sometimes it rains a lot in ________.

The leaves turn red and yellow in ________.

We have a lot of snow in ________.

We go to the beach and swim in the sea in ________.

We go skating and skiing in ________.

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 요일을 보기에서 골라 쓰시오.

Sunday, Saturday, Friday, Monday, Thursday, Tuesday,

Wednesday comes after ________.

Monday comes after ________.

Friday comes before ________.

Thursday comes before ________.

Sunday is between Monday and ________.

Today is Sunday. Yesterday was ________.

Yesterday was Monday. Tomorrow will be ________.

Today is Thursday. Tomorrow will be ________.

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 달을 보기에서 골라 쓰시오.

May, July, June, April, March, August, October

January, February, September, November, December

________ is between October and December.

________ comes after April.

________ comes before February.

________ comes after September.

________ comes before July.

Chuseok falls on ________ 15 of the lunar calendar.

Christmas falls on ________ 25th.

New Year's Day falls on ________ 1st.

We Koreans celebrate Parents' Day. We thank our mothers and fathers on that day. It's the 8th of ________.

※ 다음 대화의 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 보기에서 골라 쓰시오.

time, day, date, week, month, year

A: What _______ is it now?	B: It's ten twenty.

A: What _______ is it now?	B: It's Monday.

A: What _______ is it today?	B: It's Saturday.

A: What _______ is it?	B: It's October.

※ 다음 밑줄친 우리말을 영어로 쓰시오.

A: Can you come to my birthday party?

B: Sure. When is it?

A: It's 6월 5일.

A: Can you come to my housewarming party?

B: Sure. When is it?

A: It's 9월 9일.

※ 다음 대화의 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

A: What's the date today?

B: It's November 11th.

A: When is the party?

B: It's the day after tomorrow, November __________.

Cathy What is your favorite season?

Su-Jin: I love __________, because there are so many flowers.

※ 다음 대화의 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 보기에서 고르시오.

ⓐ September 17th, 1988.	ⓑ On 25th Street.

ⓒ I'm 15 years old.	ⓓ It's 5 dollars and 30 cents.

ⓔ 014-456-3901

A: How much is it?	B: ___________________

A: How old are you?	B: ___________________

A: When is your birthday?	B: ___________________

A: What is your phone number?	B: ___________________

A: Where do you live?	B: ___________________

※ 다음 대화의 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

A: What ______ is it?

B: It's May.

① year	② time	③ day	④ date	⑤ month

A: What ______ is it?

B: It's Friday.

① year	② time	③ day	④ date	⑤ month

A: What ______ is it?

B: It's ten thirty.

① year	② time	③ day	④ date	⑤ month

A: Tomorrow is Thursday. What day is it today?

B: ______________.

① Monday	② Tuesday	③ Friday	④ Saturday	⑤ Wednesday

A: What day is it?

B: ________________

① It's 5 o'clock.	② Around seven.	③ It's Tuesday.

④ This Sunday.	⑤ It's May fifth.

A: __________ is it, Cathy?

B: It's a quarter to nine.

① What	② When	③ What time

④ What day	⑤ What number

A: What day is it today?

B: ______________________

① It's Sunday.	② It's eight thirty.

③ Around eight o'clock.	④ I do my homework.

⑤ It's June 25.

A: What date is it today?

B: ______________________

① It's Sunday.	② It's eight thirty.

③ Around eight o'clock.	④ I do my homework.

⑤ It's June 25.

A: What time is it now?

B: ______________________

① It's Sunday.	② It's eight thirty.

③ Around eight o'clock.	④ I do my homework.

⑤ It's June 25.

※ 다음 설명에 해당하는 계절이 다른 하나를 고르시오.

① This season begins in March.

② Summer comes after this season.

③ It's warm and pleasant in this season.

④ Many flowers come up in this season.

⑤ We go to the beach and swim in the sea.

① It is cold and windy in this season.

② We have a lot of snow in this season.

③ Sometimes it rains a lot in this season.

④ We go skating and skiing in this season.

⑤ This season is the last season of the year.

① In this season it is clear and cool.

② Summer comes before this season.

③ The day is getting longer in this season.

④ The leaves turn red and yellow in this season.

⑤ There are a lot of different fruits In this season.

다음 밑줄친 부분과 바꾸어 쓸 수 있는 말은?

I play soccer on Sundays.

① next Sunday	② this Sunday	③ every Sunday

④ last Sunday	⑤ every other Sunday

다음 글의 빈칸에 알맞은 말은?

We Koreans celebrate ________. We thank our mothers and fathers on that day. It's the 8th of May.

① Mother's Day	② Father's Day	③ Children's Day

④ Parents' Day	⑤ Thanksgiving Day

다음 빈칸에 들어갈 말이 순서대로 알맞은 것은?

A: What _______ is it now?

B: It's ten twenty.

A: What's the _______?

B: It's the twelfth of October.

① day - time	② time - day	③ time - date

④ date - day	⑤ time - month

다음 대화에서 Mike의 생일은?

Mina: Today is September 25. When is the party?

Mike: It's the day after tomorrow.

① 9월 23일	② 9월 24일	③ 9월 25일	④ 9월 26일	⑤ 9월 27일

다음 일기를 쓸 때 밑줄친 부분을 올바르게 나타낸 것은?

․ 8월 5일 일요일, 비 옴.

① August 5th, Rainy. Sunday.	② Rainy, Sunday, August 5th.

③ Sunday, August 5th. Rainy.	④ Rainy, August 5th. Sunday.

⑤ August 5th, Sunday. Rainy.

What day is Father's Day in America?

Mother's Day is the second Sunday in May in America. Americans celebrate Father's Day, too. It's the third Sunday in June. In Korea, we honor our mother and father on the same day. It is Parent's Day.

① Monday	② Saturday	③ Tuesday	④ Sunday	⑤ Wednesday

※ 다음 짝지어진 대화가 어색한 것을 고르시오.

① A: What time is it?

B: It's 8:30.

② A: What date is it today?

B: It's Sunday.

③ A: What do you do after school?

B: I usually go to my swimming lesson.

④ A: How much is this coat?

B: It's five thousand won.

⑤ A: What time do you get up?

B: Around 7.

① A: How much is it?

B: It's 5 dollars and 30 cents.

② A: How old are you?

B: I'm 15 years old.

③ A: When is your birthday?

B: September 17th, 1988.

④ A: What is your phone number?

B: 014-456-3901

⑤ A: Where do you live?

B: I'm from Korea.

3

① A: What time is it now?

B: It's almost 10 o'clock.

② B: What time is the concert?

A: Six o'clock in the evening.

③ A: What time is the party?

B: It's the day after tomorrow, September 18th.

④ A: When is Thanksgiving?

B: It is the fourth Thursday in November.

⑤ A: What time is it in Korea?

B: It's 7 p.m.

※ 다음 달력을 보고 질문에 답하시오.

June
일요일	월요일	화요일	수요일	목요일	금요일	토요일
				1	2	3
4	5	6	7	8(today)	9	10
11	12	13	14	15	16	17
18	19	20	21	22	23	24
25	26	27	28	29	30

What month is it?

What day is today?

What day was it yesterday?

What day was it the day before yesterday?

※ 다음 달력을 보고 질문에 답을 하시오.

December
일	월	화	수	목	금	토
		1	2	3	4	5
6	7	8	9	10	11	12

Today is December fifth. What day is it today? It is ___________.

Today is December tenth. What day is it today? It is ___________.

Today is December _________. It is Sunday.

다음 보기를 참고하여 자신의 입장에서 빈칸을 채우시오.

Mina has classes from Monday to Friday. There are no classes on Saturday and Sunday. She has eight classes every day. Each class is 42 minutes. The first class begins at 8:30 every day and the last class ends at 2:57. Between classes there is a three-minute break. Lunch time is from 12:15 to 12:40.

I have classes from _________ to _________. There are no classes on __________________. I have _________ classes every day. Each class is _________ minutes. The first class begins at _________ every day and the last class ends at _________. Between classes there is a _________ break. Lunch time is from _________ to _________.

다음 보기를 참고하여 자신의 입장에서 빈칸을 채우시오.

So-ra gets up at seven o‘clock. She has breakfast at seven thirty. So-ra goes to school at eight o'clock. School starts at nine o'clock. So-ra is never late school. Her class usually finishes at three o'clock. So-ra and her friends have a good time at school. So-ra usually comes home at six. She sometimes watches TV before dinner. She usually does her homework after dinner. She usually goes to bed at ten thirty, but she goes to bed around eleven thirty on Saturdays. She has a busy day.

I get up at _______________. I have breakfast at _______________. I go to school at _______________. School starts at _______________. My class usually finishes at ______________. I usually come home at ______________. I usually go to bed at ________________, but I go to bed around _______________ on Saturdays. I have a busy day.

※ 다음 주어진 수식을 보기와 같이 두 가지 방법으로 쓰시오.

․ 2 + 3 = 5

→ 2 plus 3 equals 5.

→ Two and three is five.

3 + 4 = 7

→

→

5 + 8 = 13

→

→

6 - 2 = 4

→

→

11 - 8 = 3

→

→

4 × 5 = 20

→

→

7 × 2 = 14

→

→

10 ÷ 5 = 2

→

→

18 ÷ 3 = 6

→

→

다음 두 문장이 서로 같지 않은 것은?

① 5 plus 8 equals 13.

= Five and eight equals thirteen.

② 6 minus 2 equals 4.

= Two from six is four.

③ 11 minus 8 equals 3.

= Eight from eleven is three.

④ 7 times 2 equals 14.

= Seven twos are fourteen.

⑤ 10 divided by 5 equals 2.

= Ten into five goes two times.

제 12 장 수여동사, 사역동사

제 12 장 수여동사, 사역동사

1. 수여동사는 간접목적어(사람)와 직접목적어(사물)를 갖는 동사이다.

(4형식) 주어 + 수여동사 + 간접목적어(사람) + 직접목적어(사물) (～에게) (～를) (3형식) 주어 + 수여동사 + 직접목적어 + 전치사 + 간접목적어
give, send, show, teach, tell write ...	to
buy, get, make, find, cook ...	for
ask	of
※ to, for, of는 수여동사가 결정한다.

․ I gave Sumi a book. (Sumi: 간접목적어 / some meat: 직접목적어)

→ I gave a book to Sumi.

․ I bought him a watch. (him: 간접목적어 / a watch: 직접목적어)

→ I bought a watch for him.

․ He asked me a question. (me: 간접목적어 / a question: 직접목적어)

→ He asked a question of me.

2. 사역동사는 '～하도록 시키다'라는 의미를 가진 동사이다.

주어	have (시키다) make (시키다) let (시키다) get (시키다) help (돕다)	목적어	동사원형 동사원형 동사원형 to 동사원형 동사원형 / to 동사원형

․ I'll have him do the work.

․ John's mother makes him get up early.

․ Let me try it.

․ I get her to do the work.

․ I helped him (to) do the homework.

[참고] 문장의 형식에는 5가지가 있다.

문장을 5가지로 나누는 기준은 동사의 종류를 보고 판단하기에 그렇다면 동사의 종류도 5가지가 있다.

문장의 형식	동사의 종류와 문장의 구성
1형식	주어 + 완전자동사 S + V
	I go to school.
2형식	주어 + 불완전자동사 + 보어 S + V + C
	I am a student.
3형식	주어 + 완전타동사 + 목적어 S + V + O
	I study English.
4형식	주어 + 수여동사 + 간접목적어 + 직접목적어 S + V + I.O + D.O
	I give you a book.
5형식	주어 + 불완전타동사 + 목적어 + 목적보어 S + V + O + C
	The sun keeps us warm.

※ 두 문장이 같도록 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

Mary gave Jim two books.

= Mary gave two books ________ Jim.

Susan bought me Chinese food.

= Susan bought Chinese food ________ me.

Students asked Mina lots of questions.

= Students asked lots of questions ________ Mina.

※ 다음 4형식 문장은 3형식으로, 3형식 문장은 4형식으로 전환하시오.

The doctor may give you some medicine.

He made me a box.

Mr. Smith teaches us English.

She bought him an expensive car.

Father sent a birthday card to my mother.

Can you tell us a story?

The students asked me some questions.

Will you lend a pen to me?

Grandma told a story to me.

He showed me some pictures.

Mother made a new dress for her.

Will you found me a good one?

She cooked a good meal for her husband.

She writes a letter to him every week.

Please get me some water.

TV gives a lot of pleasure to us.

※ 다음 우리말에 맞게 배열하여 다시 쓰시오.

그는 그녀에게 앨범을 보여 주었다.

He showed (album, her, an).

나는 Nick에게 차를 빌려 주었다.

I lent (Nick, car, my).

어머니께서 나에게 CD플레이어를 사 주셨다.

My mother bought (CD player, for, a, me).

나는 그에게 생일 선물을 주었다.

I gave (present, him, birthday, to, a)

그들은 미나에게 새 집을 만들어주었다.

They made (new, a, Mina, house).

※ 다음 괄호 안의 낱말을 알맞게 배열하시오.

I'm going to (a, buy, for, watch, him).

My mother (made, a, beautiful, me, dress)

I will make (my, for, plan, a, family).

다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말이 순서대로 짝지어진 것은?

․ Can you lend it ______ me?

․ Mom made gimbap _______ me.

① to - for	② for - to	③ of - for	⑤ for - for	⑤ to - to

※ 다음 괄호 안에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

I'll let Bill (send / to send) it to you.

I'll have Bill (send / to send) it to you.

I'll get Bill (send / to send) it to you.

I'll help Bill (send / to send) it to you.

I'll make Bill (send / to send) it to you.

※ 다음 주어진 문장을 보기처럼 고치시오.

She can't open the door. (He)

→ Let him open the door.

She can't carry the bag. (He) →

He can't find his glasses. (She) →

John can't do the work. (Mike) →

※ 다음 주어진 문장을 보기와 같이 make를 이용하여 완성하시오.

When I hear classical music, I feel happy.

→ Classical music makes me feel happy.

When I see the family picture, I miss my grandmother.

→ The family picture ________________________________________.

When I see the brown leaves, I think of my childhood.

→ The brown leaves ________________________________________.

When I see a rainbow, I miss my hometown.

→ The rainbow ________________________________________.

※ 다음 우리말과 같도록 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

John은 내가 영어 공부하는 것을 도와준다.

John helps me ________ English.

Jane은 내가 방 청소하는 것을 도와준다.

Jane ________ me ________ the room.

민호는 내가 세차하는 것을 도와준다.

Min-ho ________ ________ ________ the car.

※ 다음 문장을 전환할 때 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

I'll have people make a circle.

→ I'll get people _______ a circle.

My son will help you.

→ I'll let my son _______ you.

My father painted the house. I wanted to paint it, too.

→ My father let me _______ the house.

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

You should ________ thankful to him.

① feel	② to feel	③ feeling

Let me ________ you a story about my short trip.

① tell	② to tell	③ telling

Bill enjoyed ________ a book

① read	② to read	③ reading

I helped him ________ the homework.

① finish	② to finish	③ finishing

We'll invite Tom ________ dinner with us.

① have	② to have	③ having

다음 빈칸에 알맞지 않은 것은?

I must _________ her go there.

① get	② let	③ help	④ make	⑤ have

다음 밑줄친 부분의 쓰임이 보기와 같은 것은?

He made me clean his room.

① She made a dress for me.	② I made him turn off the TV.

③ Fall makes me sad.	④ What time shall we make it?

⑤ Mom made me a delicious cake.

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

The father said, "I must have you ride the donkey." Then he let the boy ________ the animal's back.

① get on	② get off	③ take on	④ take off	⑤ turn on

A: Can John close the windows now?

B: Yes, he can. ___________________

① I'll get him do it right now.

② I'll make him doing it right now.

③ I'll let him to do it right now.

④ I'll make him to do it right now.

⑤ I'll have him do it right now.

다음 빈칸에 순서대로 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

․ I'll have him _______ the books to you.

․ I'll get the nurse _______ after you.

① send - look	② send - to look	③ to send - to look

④ to send - look	⑤ sending - to look

※ 다음 빈칸에 공통으로 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

․ I ________ him carry the box.

․ He ________ his sister to study math.

․ I ________ Mike with my homework.

① let	② had	③ got	④ made	⑤ helped

․ I ________ her wash the dishes.

․ She ________ lunch for gimbap today.

․ We ________ a good time last week.

① let	② had	③ got	④ made	⑤ helped

․ I ________ her to take part in the club.

․ He ________ up at six in the morning.

․ A little rabbit ________ lost in a forest.

① let	② had	③ got	④ made	⑤ helped

․ ________ me introduce my dad to you.

․ Well, ________ me see...

․ ________'s go to a concert tomorrow.

① let	② had	③ got	④ made	⑤ helped

․ Mom ________ me a birthday cake.

․ This sweater ________ us warm.

․ My father ________ me go to the party.

① let	② had	③ got	④ made	⑤ helped

※ 다음 문장의 형식이 다른 하나를 고르시오.

① Mary gave Jim two books.	② He showed me some pictures.

③ Susan bought me Chinese food.	④ They made him carry the bag.

⑤ Father sent my mother a birthday card.

① John helps me study English.	② Mother made her a new dress.

③ I'll get people to make a circle.	④ I'll have him to do it right now.

⑤ Let me introduce myself.

제 13 장 비교급, 최상급

제 13 장 비교급, 최상급

1. 정도 차이를 나타내기 위해 형용사와 부사는 형태를 변화시키는데 비교변화에는 원급, 비교급, 최상급이 있다.

․ Mike is as tall as Jack. (Mike는 Jack만큼 키가 크다.)

․ Mike is taller than Jack. (Mike는 Jack보다 키가 크다.)

․ Mike is the tallest of the three. (Mike는 셋 중에서 가장 키가 크다.)

(1) 규칙변화
원급	비교급	최상급	예
일반적으로	+ er	+ est	old older oldest
-e로 끝나는 것	+ r	+ st	large larger largest
자음+y	y를 i로 고친 후 + er	+ est	pretty prettier prettiest
단모음+단자음	자음을 한번 더 쓰고 + er	+ est	big bigger biggest
3음절 이상	more + 원급	most + 원급	beautiful more beautiful most beautiful

(2) 불규칙변화
good / well	better	best
bad / ill	worse	worst
many / much	more	much
little	less	least

(3) 비교급 : 비교급 + than

․ A-ram is younger than U-ram. [더 어리다]

․ The earth is more beautiful than the moon.

(4) 비교급 강조 : 비교급 앞에 much, still, even, far, a lot (훨씬)

․ A-ram is much younger than U-ram. [훨씬 더 어리다]

[비교] A-ram is very young. [매우 어리다]

(5) get + 비교급 and 비교급 (점점 ～하다)

․ It got dark. (어둡다)

․ It got darker. (더 어둡다)

․ It got darker and darker. (점점 더 어둡다)

[참고] get 이외에도 turn, become, grow 등 사용된다.

․ Seoul is becoming more and more famous.

(6) 최상급 : the + 최상급 + 범위 (범위는 of 복수명사 / in 단수명사)

․ A-ram is the youngest of the three.

․ Soccer is the most famous in Korea.

[비교] I like hamburger most.

(7) one of the 최상급 + 복수명사 (가장 ~중의 하나)

․ Seoul is one of the biggest cities in the world.

※ 다음 주어진 단어의 비교급, 최상급을 쓰시오.

small - __________ - __________

large - __________ - __________

busy - __________ - __________

big - __________ - __________

good - __________ - __________

many - __________ - __________

easy - __________ - __________

well - __________ - __________

hot - __________ - __________

much - __________ - __________

little - __________ - __________

bad - __________ - __________

useful - __________ - __________

popular - __________ - __________

interesting - __________ - __________

happy - __________ - __________

※ 다음 괄호 안의 주어진 낱말을 활용하여 빈칸을 완성하시오.

Alaska is __________ than Korea. (cold)

Tim is __________ than Na-ri. (tall)

Hallasan is __________ than Seoraksan. (high)

Canada is __________ than the US. (big)

Minho is __________ than John. (short)

The Nile is __________ than the Amazon. (long)

Chinese is __________ than English for me. (difficult)

Geumgangsan is ___________ than Seoraksan. (beautiful)

This computer game is __________ than that one. (fantastic)

She has __________ money than I. (much)

He is __________ than his father. (famous)

The book is __________ than that one. (good)

This book is __________ than I thought. (expensive)

Worker bees are __________ than male bees. (small)

My father is __________ than my mother. (busy)

The __________ pet in Korea is a dog. (popular)

The __________ subject for middle school students is math. (difficult)

Seoul is the __________ city in Korea. (big)

Jejudo is the _________ place for vacation. (good)

This box is the _________ of all. (heavy)

The tiger is _________ than the rabbit. (strong)

Mt. Everest is the _________ mountain of the world. (high)

Jejudo is the _________ island in Korea. (large)

He is the _________ in our town. (famous)

※ 다음 그림 A, B, C를 참고하여 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

A

B

C

________ is smaller than B.

B is smaller than ________.

A is the ________ of the three.

B is bigger than ________.

________ is bigger than B.

C is the ________ of the three.

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 보기에서 골라 쓰시오.

prettier, taller, kinder, faster, bigger, older, easier

My grandmother is _______ than your brother.

English is _______ than math.

A-ram is _______ than U-ram.

Basketball players are _______ than soccer players.

An airplane is _______ than a car.

Canada is _______ than Korea.

Koreans are _______ than Japanese.

※ 다음 빈칸에 very 또는 much 중 알맞은 것을 쓰시오.

He is _______ tall.

Lions are _______ big.

He is _______ taller than I.

The book is _______ interesting.

Elephants are _______ bigger than lions.

This book is _______ more interesting than that one.

다음 빈칸에 very와 much 중 알맞은 것을 쓰시오.

It is ⓐ________ interesting to take a trip to the African jungle. The jungle has many kinds of animals. Lions are ⓑ________ large animals, but elephants are ⓒ________ bigger. Elephants don't often run ⓓ________ fast, but they're ⓔ________ stronger than lions. Giraffes are ⓕ________ taller than lions and elephants, and they can run ⓖ________ fast.

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 괄호 안에 주어진 단어를 활용하여 완성하시오.

I get up at 6: 30. My brother gets up at 7:00. So I get up __________ than my brother. (early)

Jejudo is 1845.4㎢. Jindo is 354.8㎢. So Jejudo is much __________ than Jindo. (large)

Mina is 15 years old. Sumi is 14 years old. Homin is 13 years old. So Mina is the __________ of the three. (old)

※ 다음 주어진 정보를 참고하여 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

Tom is 150cm. Paul is 165cm. Mary is 170cm.

Paul is _________ than Tom.

Paul is _________ than Mary.

Mary is the _________ of the three.

Tom is the _________ of the three.

※ 다음 두 문장을 참고하여 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

John is short. Tom is tall.

→ __________ is taller than __________.

Mike's cat is big. Ann's cat is small.

→ Mike's cat is __________ than Ann's cat.

Susan's pencil is very long. Bill's pencil is very short.

→ Susan's pencil is longer than __________.

I like baseball. But I like tennis better.

→ I like tennis __________ than baseball.

"The Christmas Present" is very interesting. The Little Prince is a little interesting.

→ "The Christmas Present" is __________ than The Little Prince.

※ 다음 두 문장이 같도록 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

Mike came home later than In-ho.

= In-ho came home __________ than Mike.

This is much bigger than that.

= That is much __________ than this.

The car is faster than the bicycle.

= The bicycle is __________ than the car.

The woman is younger than the man.

= The man is __________ than the woman.

English is more difficult than Korean.

= Korean is __________ than English.

That building is smaller than this.

= This building is __________ than that.

다음 글의 빈칸에 알맞은 숫자를 순서대로 쓰시오.

There are two boxes. They together weigh eleven tons. Box 1 weighs seven tons more than the other. Box 1 weighs ⓐ__________ tons. Box 2 weighs ⓑ__________ tons.

※ 다음 우리말 뜻에 맞게 주어진 말을 이용하여 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

밤이 점점 더 짧아지고 있다.

→ The nights are getting _________ and _________. (short)

날이 점점 더 어두워졌다.

→ It got __________________________. (dark)

날씨가 점점 더 서늘해진다.

→ It's getting __________________________. (cool)

날씨가 점점 더 더워지고 있다.

→ It gets __________________________. (hot)

영어가 점점 더 어려워진다.

→ English is getting __________________________. (difficult)

나의 영어 실력이 점점 더 향상되고 있다.

→ My English is getting __________________________. (good)

내 동생은 수영을 잘 하지만, 미나는 더 잘한다.

→ My brother swims ________, but Mina swims ________. (well)

다음 대화의 내용과 일치하도록 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

Jim: Do you play tennis?

Peggy: Yes, I do. I also play badminton.

Jim: Which do you like better, tennis or badminton?

Peggy: Well, I like tennis better.

→ Peggy likes __________ better than __________.

※ 다음 표를 참고하여 보기처럼 대화의 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

long	the Seomjin River	the Nakdong River
high	Seoraksan	Jirisan
large	China	Canada

river / long

A: Which river is longer, the Seomjin River or the Nakdong?

B: The Nakdong is longer than the Seomjin.

mountain / high

A: Which mountain is higher, __________ or __________?

B: _________________________________________________.

country / large

A: ____________________________, ___________________________?

B: __________________________________________________

다음 글을 읽고 키가 큰 사람 순서대로 쓰시오.

John is taller than Jim. Jim is shorter than Ben. Ben is taller than John.

※ 다음 글을 읽고 세 사람의 나이를 영어로 쓰시오.

Sally is sixteen years old. Peter is a year older than Sally. Mary is a year older than Peter. Mary is three years younger than Julie.

Julie is ______________ years old.

Peter is ______________ years old.

Mary is ______________ years old.

※ 다음 글을 읽고 각각의 나이를 쓰시오.

Su-mi is two years older than Sang-min. Nam-ho is one year younger than Su-mi. Min-su is a year older than Nam-ho. Min-su is a fifteen years old.

Min-su	Su-mi

Sang-min	Nam-ho

※ 다음 표를 참고하여 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

mountain	한라산	금강산	백두산
height	1.950m	1.638m	2.744m

Baekdusan is _______________________ of the three.

Baekdusan is much _______________________ Geumgangsan.

다음 글을 읽고 가장 큰 벌부터 작은 순서대로 쓰시오.

There are three kinds of bees. Most bees are small worker bees. There are also a few male bees. They are a little bigger than worker bees. The biggest bee is the queen. The queen stays at home and lays eggs. So the worker bees feed her.

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

I have many friends. Changsu is _________ of them.

Seoul is one of the biggest _________ in the world.

※ 다음 괄호 안에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

A bee is one of the (busier, busiest) insects.

Jack is one of the tallest (boy, boys) in our class.

I wrote a letter to (one of my friend, one of my friends).

Sydney is one of (the beautiful, the most beautiful) cities in the world.

※ 다음 괄호 안에 주어진 낱말을 활용하여 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

He is the __________ doctor in the town. (good)

Jane is the __________ girl in her school. (beautiful)

Today is one of the __________ days in my life. (sad)

A horse is one of the __________ animals. (fast)

He is one of the __________ boys in Wonju. (famous)

※ 다음 주어진 낱말을 올바르게 배열하시오.

(of, the, rivers, one, longest)

→ The Amazon is ________________________________ in the world.

(of, most, books, the, interesting, one)

→ This is _____________________________________.

(of, in, one, our, teachers, best, the, school)

→ He is _____________________________________.

다음 단어의 관계가 어색한 것은?

① heavy - heavier - heaviest	② hot - hotter - hottest

③ many - better - best	④ great - greater - greatest

⑤ beautiful - more beautiful - most beautiful

다음 밑줄친 부분이 어색한 것은?

① Tom is taller than Minho.

② Jane is prettyer than Ann.

③ Jejudo is larger than Hongdo.

④ What's the highest mountain in Korea?

⑤ This is the biggest apple in the basket.

※ 다음 우리말을 올바르게 영작한 것을 고르시오.

Mike는 그의 반에서 제일 빠르다.

① Mike is the faster in his class.	② Mike is most fast in his class.

③ Mike is fast in his class.	④ Mike is the most fast in his class.

⑤ Mike is the fastest in his class.

축구는 가장 인기 있는 스포츠 중 하나이다.

① Soccer is the most popular sport.

② Soccer is more popular than baseball.

③ Soccer is one of the most popular sport.

④ Soccer is one of the most popular sports.

⑤ Soccer is more popular than any other sport.

다음 우리말과 일치하도록 빈칸에 알맞은 것은?

․ 그 축구 경기는 점점 더 재미있어졌다.

→ The soccer game was becoming _________.

① interestinger	② most interesting

③ the most interesting	④ more and more interesting

⑤ the more and more interesting

※ 다음 빈칸에 들어갈 수 없는 것을 고르시오.

My sister is ________ taller than I.

① very	② much	③ a lot	④ far	⑤ even

This is more ________ than that.

① popular	② important	③ difficult	④ interesting	⑤ large

Which country ________, England or America?

① are you from	② is larger	③ is bigger

④ is richer	⑤ is best

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 것을 고르시오.

Which flowers do you like _________ roses, or carnations?

① good	② well	③ best	④ better	⑤ the best

Which _________ do you like better, London or Seoul?

① subject	② country	③ food	④ season	⑤ city

This book is more interesting _________ that one.

① more	② than	③ that	④ as	⑤ most

Jane is taller than Mina. Inho is taller than Jane. Inho is the _________ of them.

① tall	② taller	③ tallest	④ shorter	⑤ shortest

Sally is sixteen years old. Peter is a year older than Sally. Mary is a year older than Peter. Mary is three years younger than Julie. Julie is the _________ of all.

① old	② older	③ oldest	④ younger	⑤ youngest

He was _________ actor in his country.

① more famous	② most famous	③ the most famous

④ famousest	⑤ the famousest

My father is _________ than my mother.

① busy	② busier	③ more busier

④ busiest	⑤ most busy

Geumgangsan is _________ than Seoraksan.

① beautiful	② beautifuler	③ more beautiful

④ beautifulest	⑤ most beautiful

※ 다음 대화의 빈칸에 알맞은 것을 고르시오.

A: Which is larger, a viola or a violin?

B: A viola is larger than a violin.

A: Does a viola have higher sound than a violin?

B: No, it doesn't. It has _________ sound than violin.

① low	② higher	③ high	④ lower	⑤ the same

A: I think the bee is one of the most _________ insects.

B: Why do you think so?

A: They work hard and make honey together.

① interesting	② expensive	③ useful	④ popular	⑤ famous

다음 주어진 문장이 올바른 것은?

① Christmas is one of my favorite day.

② Soccer is one of the popular sports.

③ The music concert is one of our school events.

④ One of our national hero, Admiral Yi Sun-sin, built “A turtle ship”.

⑤ Washington D.C. is one of most interesting cities in our country.

다음은 John의 가족에 관한 내용이다. 표의 내용과 일치하지 않는 것은?

	나이	키	몸무게
Mr. White	43	170cm	65Kg
Mrs. White	40	160cm	52Kg
John	14	172cm	60Kg
Ann	12	150cm	40Kg

① There are four in the family.

② John is the tallest in the family.

③ Ann is the youngest in the family.

④ Mr. White is the heaviest in the family.

⑤ Mrs. White is the oldest in the family.

제 14 장 부정사, 동명사

제 14 장 부정사, 동명사

1. to부정사는 ‘to+동사원형’의 형태로 동사가 명사, 형용사, 부사로 전환된 것으로 주어의 시제와 인칭에 따라 형태가 변하지 않는다.

부정사라 불리는 이유는 동사가 하나의 뜻을 가지고 있는 반면 to부정사는 뜻이 너무 많아 정할 수 없다하여 부정사(不定詞)라고 한다.

[부정(不定): 분명하게 정해지지 않은 것]

․ He watches TV. (TV를 본다.)

․ He like to watch TV. (TV 보는 것을)

․ His hobby is to watch TV. (TV 보는 것이다)

․ I came home early to watch TV. (TV보기 위하여)

(1) to부정사의 쓰임 : 명사적, 형용사적, 부사적 쓰임

- 명사적 용법: 문장에서 주어, 목적어, 보어로 쓰인다. (～하는 것)

- 형용사적 용법: 명사를 뒤에서 수식한다. (～할, ～해야 할)

- 부사적 용법: 동사, 형용사, 부사, 문장전체를 수식한다. (해석이 다양하다)

․ To tell a lie is wrong. = It is wrong to tell a lie. (O) [명사적-주어]

․ To tell a lie are wrong. (X)

․ Tell a lie is wrong. (X)

․ It is wrong tell a lie. (X)

․ It is wrong to tells a lie. (X)

․ My hobby is to swim. (나의 취미 = 수영하는 것) [명사적 -보어]

[비교] Tom is to swim. (Tom ≠ 수영하는 것)

․ He wants. + ․ He plays tennis. (그는 원한다. 그는 테니스를 친다)

→ He wants to play tennis. (O) (테니스 치기를 원한다) [명사적 - 목적어]

․ He wants plays tennis. (X)	․ He wants play tennis. (X)

․ He wants to plays tennis. (X)	․ He wants playing tennis. (X)

․ Tony plays computer games. → Tony likes to play computer games.

․ I want to be a teacher. = I'd like to be teacher. (I'd = I would)

․ She has a special way. + ․ It is to warm up water.

→ She has a special way to warm up water. [형용사적 - 명사수식]

특별한 방법 + 물을 데우는

물을 데우는 특별한 방법

․ Gyeongju was a nice place to visit.

(방문하기에 좋은 장소)

․ Do you have something to drink?

(마실 것)

․ She went to the store. + ․ She bought some bread.

→ She went to the store to buy some bread. [부사적 - 목적]

→ She went to the store in order to buy some bread.

(사기 위해)

․ I'm very happy. + ․ I meet you. [부사적 - 원인]

→ I'm very happy to meet you.

(만나서)

(2) to부정사를 취하는 동사

want, hope, wish, ask, tell, order, decide ... + to부정사

(3) to부정사와 동명사를 모두 취하는 동사

like, begin, start, love, hate ... + to부정사 (또는 동명사)

․ I decided to move to Seoul. (O)	․ I decided moving to Seoul. (X)

․ I like to study birds. (O)	․ I like studying birds. (O)

[비교] They stopped to smoke. ≠ They stopped smoking.

(담배 피우기 위해)	(담배 피는 것을)

2. 동명사는 '동사원형+ing' 형태로 동사가 명사로 전환된 것이다.

(1) 동명사의 쓰임:

- 문장에서 주어, 목적어, 보어의 역할 (～하는 것)

- 전치사 다음에 (동)명사가 온다.

․ Taking a walk is good for health. = To take a walk is good for health.

․ I enjoy taking a walk. (O)	․ I enjoy to take a walk. (X)

․ My hobby is taking a walk. = My hobby is to take a walk.

․ She is good at swimming. (O)

․ She is good at swim. (X)	․ She is good at to swim. (X)

(2) 동명사를 취하는 동사

enjoy, finish, mind, keep, give up ... + 동명사

․ She enjoyed taking a walk.

․ I finished doing my homework.

․ Would you mind opening the window?

․ She kept working all day long.

․ I gave up playing the piano.

※ 다음 문장의 어색한 부분을 고치시오.

I want buy a pen.	I want bought a pen.

I want to buying a pen.	He wants buys a pen.

He wants to buys a pen.

다음 올바른 문장은?

① I want to watches TV.	② I want watch TV.

③ I want to watching TV.	④ I want watching TV.

⑤ I want to watch TV.

※ 다음 주어진 문장을 보기처럼 완성하시오.

․ He sees Mary. → He wants to see Mary.

She sees stars. → She want ____________________.

He plays football. → He likes ____________________.

Mike wears a cap. → Mike likes ____________________.

David goes fishing. → David likes ____________________.

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 보기에서 고르시오.

ⓐ to take a rest	ⓑ to drink water

ⓒ to wear a sweater	ⓓ to eat a hamburger

I am thirsty. I want ________________________.

I'm cold. I want _________________________.

I don't feel well. I want ________________________.

I'm hungry. I want ________________________.

※ 다음 대화의 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 보기에서 고르시오.

ⓐ Then you should go to bed early.

ⓑ Then you should exercise more.

ⓒ Then you should be kind to everyone.

ⓓ Then you should ask your parents.

A: I'd like to make many friends.

B: _____________________

A: I'd like to get up early in the morning.

B: _____________________

A: I'd like to lose weight.

B: _____________________

A: I'd like to have my own room.

B: _____________________

※ 다음 표를 참고하여 보기와 같이 빈칸을 완성하시오.

	play baseball	play soccer	swim
Sally	O		X
Mike	X		O
Tim	O	X

Sally wants to play baseball, but she doesn't want to swim.

Mike ___________________________, but ___________________________.

Tim ___________________________, but ___________________________.

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 보기에서 고르시오.

ⓐ to travel to America	ⓑ to buy some cookies

ⓒ to take a rest	ⓓ to write an e-mail

I went to the store ____________.

I stayed at home ____________.

She is going to New York ____________.

I often use computers __________.

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 보기에서 고르시오.

① to return books	② to meet dad

③ to buy for a present for mom	④ to visit the doctor

⑤ to play tennis

She is going to the library __________.

She is going to Dr. Kim's office __________.

He is calling to his friend __________.

He is going to the department store __________.

She is going to airport __________.

※ 다음 우리말을 참고하여 빈칸을 완성하시오.

그들은 산책을 하기 위해 공원에 갔다.

→ They went to the park ______________ a walk.

나는 버스를 잡기 위해 서둘러야만 한다.

→ I must hurry ______________ the bus.

나는 나의 부모님을 만나기 위해 서울에 갔다.

→ I went to Seoul ______________ my parents.

※ 다음 두 문장을 한 문장으로 할 때 빈칸에 알맞은 쓰시오.

Mike comes home early. He plays computer games.

→ Mike comes home early ___________________________.

My friends came over. They went shopping with me.

→ My friends came over ___________________________.

Mina must hurry. She catches the bus.

→ Mina must hurry ___________________________.

I went to the store. I bought some fruits.

→ I went to the store ___________________________.

※ 다음 두 문장을 보기와 같이 한 문장으로 고치시오.

․ I want something. (eat) → I want something to eat.

I want a book. (read)

→

My hometown is a good place. (visit)

→

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 보기에서 고르시오.

ⓐ something to eat ⓑ many things to do ⓒ nothing to do

I‘m busy. I have _____________.

I‘m hungry. I want _____________.

I‘m bored. I have _____________.

※ 다음 괄호 안의 주어진 낱말을 배열하시오.

The boy (play, to, loves) computer games.

The dog (to, wanted, eat) the cake.

The babies (like, drink, to) juice.

Do you want (drink to something)?

They have (many to things buy).

He has (to, nothing, do, important) now.

※ 다음 주어진 낱말을 올바른 순서로 배열하시오.

to / drive / Sandy / on Sundays / likes

→

a sandwich / like / have / I / for lunch / to

→

Tom / watch / likes / on TV / to / baseball games

→

※ 다음 두 문장의 같도록 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

I like to play the violin. = I like ________ the violin.

I'd like to go to Wonju. = I ________ to go to Wonju.

What would you like to do? = What do you ________ to do?

Do you want to go to the mountain?

= Would you ________ to go to the mountain?

She went to the store in order to buy some bread.

= She went to the store ________ buy some bread.

Thank you for your help. = Thank you for ________ me.

To play soccer is interesting. = ________ soccer is interesting.

He is a good English speaker. = He is good at ________ English.

※ 다음 보기와 같이 자신의 입장에서 질문에 답하시오.

Q: What do you want to do this Sunday?

A: I want to go to the movies.

Q: What do you want to do this Saturday?

A: ___________________________________________

Q: What do you want to do this winter vacation?

A: ___________________________________________

Q: What do you want to do this Christmas?

A: ___________________________________________

Q: What do you want to do on your birthday?

A: ___________________________________________

※ 다음 괄호 안의 낱말을 활용하여 빈칸을 채우시오.

His hobby is _________ _________. (read books)

_________ _________ _________ is not easy. (play the piano)

She likes _________ _________ _________. (make model airplanes)

I finished _________ _________ _________. (clean my room)

I enjoy _______ _______ _______. (listen to music)

※ 다음 첫 번째 빈칸은 문장의 주어로 쓰인 경우이며, 두 번째 빈칸은 문장의 목적어로 쓰이는 경우이다. 주어진 말을 이용해 빈칸에 공통으로 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

________ a bike is fun, so I enjoy ________ a bike every week. (ride)

________ is fun, so I enjoy ________ every week. (cook)

________ soccer is fun, so I enjoy ________ soccer every week. (play)

________ pictures is fun, so I enjoy ________ pictures. (take)

※ 다음 우리말을 참고하여 빈칸을 완성하시오.

일찍 일어나는 것은 건강에 좋다.

________ up early is good for your health.

나는 편지 쓰는 것을 좋아한다.

I like ________ letters.

컴퓨터 게임 하는 것은 재미있다.

________ computer games is interesting.

나의 직업은 영어를 가르치는 것이다.

My job is ________ English.

※ 다음 괄호 안의 주어진 낱말을 활용하여 빈칸을 채우시오.

Excuse me for ___________ mistakes. (make)

___________ a song is fun. (sing)

Do you want ___________ the next show? (see)

I finished ___________ my homework. (do)

I like ___________ an interesting club mascot. (make)

She kept ___________ all day long. (run)

What do you like ___________ in your free time? (do)

※ 다음 괄호 안에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

She decided (to write, writing) a book.

He gave up (to smoke, smoking).

The baby kept (to sleep, sleeping).

She is good at (to play, playing) tennis.

He wanted (to go, going) home early.

Would you mind (to close, closing) the door?

They wish (to skate, skating) on the river.

He would like (to plant, planting) flowers.

Thank you for (to call, calling) me.

I want something cold (to drink, drinking).

I enjoyed (to swim, swimming) after school.

Mina went to the store (to buy, buying) food.

Mother was proud of (to help, helping) the poor.

After (to finish, finishing) her homework, she went to bed.

Tommy hopes (to get, getting) a toy for Christmas.

She is fond of (to make, making) dolls.

He finished (to do, doing) his homework.

He was very tired. So he stopped (to take, taking) a rest.

Stop (to talk, talking) and listen to me.

He wants to smoke, but she wants to stop (to smoke, smoking).

※ 다음 부정사와 동명사의 쓰임을 쓰고, 문장을 해석하시오.

to부정사는 명사, 형용사, 부사 / 동명사는 주어, 목적어, 보어

My dream is to be a singer.

해석:

She loves to go to parties.

해석:

He wants to take a shower.

해석:

I have nothing to say.

해석:

She decided to marry me.

해석:

Mom went to the store to buy some food.

해석:

I hope to see you again.

해석:

He studied English to pass the test.

해석:

Tony likes watching TV.

해석:

Gyeongju is a nice place to visit.

해석:

My brother came home early to play with me.

해석:

I want a book to read.

해석:

I want to read a book.

해석:

I went out to mail a letter.

해석:

He wants something to drink.

해석:

It is not easy to catch a fish in the sea.

해석:

He is good at playing with children.

해석:

Love is giving.

해석:

Playing the piano is interesting.

해석:

Alex hates walking in the rain.

해석:

Did you finish reading the book?

해석:

I don't like studying math.

해석:

Seeing is believing.

해석:

We enjoyed fishing.

해석:

My uncle stopped smoking.

해석:

※ 다음 주어진 문장에서 어색한 부분을 바르게 고치시오.

Tom wants goes there.

We enjoyed to watch the full moon.

It began to snowing at night.

He studied hard to is a great scientist.

I want going there with you.

Jim finished to do his homework.

Would you mind to close the door?

We went to the store to bought some food.

He thanked me for come.

How about visit Gyeongju?

I enjoy swiming in the summer and skateing in the winter.

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

The children wanted __________ baseball in the park.

① play	② playing	③ to plays

④ to play	⑤ to playing

The children enjoyed __________ baseball in the park.

① play	② playing	③ to plays

④ to play	⑤ to playing

다음 밑줄친 부분과 바꾸어 쓸 수 있는 것은?

․ I like to swim in the sea.

① swim	② swam	③ to swam

④ swimming	⑤ to swimming

다음 빈칸에 공통으로 알맞은 말은?

A: Would you like __________ about nature?

B: Yes, I want __________ about nature.

① know	② knowing	③ to know

④ knew	⑤ to knowing

다음 빈칸에 들어 갈 수 없는 것은?

I ______ writing a letter in English.

① enjoyed	② finished	③ decided	④ liked	⑤ gave up

※ 다음 밑줄친 부분의 쓰임이 다른 것을 고르시오.

① He wanted to send postcards.	② I like to watch TV.

③ She wants a book to read.	④ I hope to pass the exam.

⑤ They decided to play tennis every day.

① We went to the shop to buy some fruit.

② Do you want to play tennis?

③ Sally studied hard to pass the exam.

④ May I come to see you tomorrow?

⑤ He turned on the radio to listen to music.

① I like surfing the internet.	② Do you like cooking?

③ How about listening to music?	④ Ann was standing near the dog.

⑤ Dad enjoys reading many kinds of books.

다음 밑줄친 부분의 쓰임이 보기와 같은 것은?

They want something to drink.

① We went shopping to buy a present for him.

② My brother wants to be a singer.

③ He stopped to smoke.

④ Tony likes to play chess.

⑤ I have nothing to tell you about it.

제 15 장 수동태

제 15 장 수동태

1. 수동태는 주어가 동작을 받는 형식으로 동사의 형태를 be + 과거분사로 표현한다.

(1) 능동태와 수동태

능동태: Mrs. Smith taught the boy.	[Mrs. Smith에 중점]

수동태: The boy was taught by Mrs. Smith.	[the boy에 중점]

(2) 수동태가 쓰이는 경우

- 능동태의 주어(행위자)보다 목적어(행위)가 더 중요 할 때

- 능동태의 목적어(행위)에 우리가 더 관심이 가질 때

- 능동태의 주어(행위자)를 정확히 모르거나 알 필요가 없을 때

- 일부러 능동태의 주어(행위자)를 밝히고 싶지 않을 때

(3) 수동태 문장으로 전환 방법

- 능동태의 목적어가 수동태의 주어 자리에 온다.

- 능동태의 동사를 수동태에서는 be동사+과거분사로 바꾼다.

- 능동태의 주어가 수동태에서는 by + 목적격으로 나타낸다.

- 나머지는 있는 그대로 옮긴다.

능동태 :	주어	타동사	목적어

수동태 :	주격	be + 과거분사	by 목적격

[참고] ‘by+목적어‘를 생략하는 경우

- 행위자가 일반인일 때 (we, you, they, one, people 등)

- 행위자가 누구인지 분명하지 않을 때

- 행위자 보다 행위에 더 많은 관심이 있을 때

․ He built the building two years ago.

→ The building was built by him two years ago.

․ Stars can be seen at night (by us).

․ He was killed in the war (by someone).

․ That house was built twenty years ago (by somebody).

※ 다음의 설명이 능동태와 수동태 중 무엇을 설명하는 것인지 쓰시오.

주어가 동작을 가하는 표현이며, 행위자에게 중점을 두는 표현

주어가 동작을 받는 표현이며, 행위를 당하는 대상에 중점을 는 표현

※ 다음 능동태를 수동태로 고칠 때 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

능동태의 목적어를 수동태의 __________로 한다.

능동태의 동사를 'be동사 + __________의 형태로 고친다.

능동태의 주어는 by + __________격으로 고친다.

※ 다음 문장을 수동태로 전환할 때 수동태의 주어가 되는 것에 밑줄 치시오.

They love her.

Alexander Bell invented the telephone.

They speak English in Canada.

※ 다음 문장을 수동태로 고칠 때 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

Mike loves her. → ____________ is loved by Mike.

They found the boy. → They boy was found by ________.

I took many pictures. → This picture _______________ by me.

※ 다음 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

Mina ________ the vase.

① broke	② broken	③ was broken

The vase ________ by Mina.

① broke	② broken	③ was broken

This wall ________ painted by him yesterday.

① is	② are	③ was	④ were

The movie star ________ loved by a lot of people now.

① is	② are	③ was	④ were

At that time many soldiers ________ killed in the war.

① is	② are	③ was	④ were

I am was called by ________.

① they	② their	③ them	④ theirs

※ 다음 괄호 안에 주어진 말을 활용하여 빈칸을 채우시오.

Sujin's house was __________ by her father. (build)

The dog was __________ by Sujin's brother. (wash)

The window were __________ by Mina's brother. (break)

The wall was ______ by Sujin's grandfather. (paint)

The house inside was __________ by Sujin's mother. (clean)

English is __________ in New Zealand. (speak)

The Olympic Games __________ every four years. (hold)

My mother __________ to a hospital by ambulance. (send)

The baseball was __________ by Tom. (hit)

※ 다음 두 문장이 같도록 빈칸을 채우시오.

The Korean War destroyed everything.

= Everything was ________________ by the Korean War.

The children cleaned the room.

= The room ________________ by the children.

Mark Twain wrote the books.

= The book ________________ Mark Twain.

The singer was loved by many people.

= Many people ________________________________.

I was given a new name by her.

= She ________________________________.

This letter was written by my father.

= My father ________________________________.

He is called 'Happy Dog' by his friends.

= His friends ________________________________.

Shakespeare wrote Hamlet.

= Hamlet ________________________________.

'Let it be' was sung by Beatles.

= Beatles ________________________________.

He washes his car every day.

= His car ________________________________.

They built Tower Bridge in 1894

= Tower Bridge ________________________________.

They called me 'hot dog'.

= I ________________________________.

They used red pepper in Korea.

= Red pepper ________________________________.

They call him 'Game King'.

= He ________________________________.

※ 다음 대화의 빈칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

A: Are these stories written by him?

B: Yes, __________________.

A: When was the house built?

B: It __________________ in 1972.

A: Who painted "The Mona Lisa"?

B: It __________________ Leonardo da vinci.

A: Who wrote "The Old Man and the Sea"?

B: It __________________ Ernest Hemingway.

A: Who made the Korean alphabet?

B: It __________________ King Sejong.

A: Who discovered America?

B: It __________________ Christopher Columbus.

※ 다음 능동태 문장은 수동태로, 수동태 문장은 능동태로 전환하시오.

They refused her because she was black.

→

We weren't allowed to work together.

→

They didn't allow him to watch TV.

→

The novel wasn't written by him.

→

He won't write the novel.

→

They speak English in Canada.

→

She doesn't love him.

→

I thought him honest.

→

Honey is made by worker bees.

→

Tom paints the walls.

→

They held the first World Cup in 1930 in Uruguay.

→

The Statue of Liberty was made by a Frenchman.

→

Gutenberg invented the printing press.

→

O. Henry wrote "The Christmas Present".

→

※ 다음 주어진 표현을 활용하여 수동태 문장으로 완성하시오.

The Mona Lisa / paint / Leonardo da Vinci

→

Rome and Juliet / write / Shakespeare

→

Hangeul / create / King Sejong

→

Telephone / invent / Alexander Graham Bell

→

※ 다음 두 문장의 뜻이 같도록 빈칸에 알맞은 것은?

They used red pepper in Korea.

= Red pepper ________ used in Korea.

① is	② are	③ be	④ was	⑤ were

The letters were written by my father.

= My father ________ the letters.

① was write	② write	③ were writing

④ is written	⑤ wrote

제 1 장 인칭대명사, be동사 정답

최강영문법 초급 정답

정답생략

ⓐ

ⓒ

ⓓ

ⓑ

(～이다)

(～하다)

(～가 있다)

ⓐ / ⓘ

not

주어

He

She, his

They, him

It

We

We

You

We

You

They

He

She

They

She, his

We

They

It, it

They

We

They

They

He

my

your

his

Her

mine

My, yours

His

I

My

He, his

They, their

them

am

are

is

is

is

is

are

is

are

are

are

is

are

is

are

is

are

are

is

are

are

is

are

is

is

is

is

are

is

are

are

You aren't a teacher. / Are you a teacher? / I am

You and I aren't good friends. / Are you and I good friends? / we aren't

Tony isn't a football player. / Is Tony a football player? / he isn't

These pencils aren't his. / Are these pencils his? / they aren't

Her eyes aren't very pretty. / Are her eyes very pretty? / they are

His first name isn't Mansu. / Is his first name Mansu? / he is

This isn't an English book. / Is this an English book? / it isn't

Those aren't your books. / Are those your books? / they aren't

Jane isn't my neighbor. / Is Jane my neighbor? / she isn't

She isn't from Korea. / Is she from Korea? / she is

I am not your good friend. / Am I your good friend? / you aren't

He

She

His

Its

His

My

Her

you

Their

our

Its

him

her

they

3

1

4

3

1

3

2

1

4

5

4

5

2

1

5

3

2

2

4

2

1

4

2

1

3

2

5

2

1

5

1

4

1

3

2

3

5

2

4

5

4

5

4

3

3

1

5

1

2

Her

I

His

my

mine

yours

his

ours

hers

theirs

They

We

You

They are

yours

mine

his

hers

theirs

theirs

ours

3

5

1

4

4

2

1

3

1

No, he isn't.

his

name, I'm

His, He

her

No, I'm not.

My name

2

2

4

4

2

4

3

5

제 2 장 명사, 관사, 수량형용사, 조수사 정답

apples / babies / benches / boxes / boys / candies / children / glasses / histories / holidays / dishes / fish / leaves / men / mice / radios / watches / wives / feet / teeth

x / a / an / a / an / x / a / a / an / x //

x / an / a / x / x / an / a / a / a / x //

an / an / a / an / an / x / an / a / x / x //

an / an / a / an / an / x / a / x / a / an //

an / x / x / an / an / x / an / an / x / a //

a / a / x / an / an / an / x / a / an / a //

a / an / x / an / a / a / x / a / an / x //

a / x / x / an / a / an / x /

x

x

a

the

the

a

an

an

a

a

a

x

the

the

x

x

the

the

the, A, x, the, A, the, The

a

an

a

an

x

x

These

those

cats

friends

Are

Are

It

My

a

They

They

student→a student

a→an

week→a week

a→an

A friend→The friend

a moon→the moon

pretty a→a pretty

a→an

a→an

A→The

the 생략

a 생략

the 생략

a→an

animals→animal

a→an

a 생략

2

1

2

2

1

2

5

3

2

1

2

4

3

2

4

4

5

3

many

much

much

much

many

much

many

much

Many

children

women

cities

watches

leaves

a little

a few

a little

a few

a few

a little

a few

little

few

a little

a few

Few

many / a few

much / a little

much→many

a few→a little

many→much

1

2

4

1

3

ⓕ / ⓒ / ⓓ / ⓑ / ⓔ / ⓐ

5

3

4

1

4

a pair of

a

a

a pair of

a pair of

a

ⓔ / ⓐ / ⓓ / ⓗ / ⓑ / ⓖ / ⓒ / ⓕ

pizza

milk

shoes

bread

coffee

cup

glass

piece

pair

pieces

2

5

4

3

4

2

5

3

5

2

3

1

many

much

no

Mi-na's sister

a kind girl

watch, good

an interesting book

5

3

1

4

3

4

1

5

an, a

2

3

3

제 3 장 일반동사 정답

정답 생략

has a nice garden and she is very happy.

goes to school and studies ver hard.

listens to the radio and I watch TV.

washes the dishes and my mother cooks.

does her homework.

enjoys eating Kimchi.

worry about their health.

arrive in Seoul and their daughters get to Busan.

eat rice and kimchi with every meal.

drinks a lot of milk.

His father isn't a great scientist. / Is his father a great scientist? / he is / His father was a great scientist. / His father wasn't a great scientist. / Was his father a great scientist? / he wasn't

You aren't honest. / Are you honest? / I am / You were honest. / You wasn't honest. / Were you honest? / I wasn't

I'm not your good partner. / Am I your good partner? / you are / I was your good partner. / I wasn't your good partner. / Was I your good partner? / you weren't

Mina and Mike aren't good friends. / Are Mina and Mike good friends? / they are / Mina and Mike were good friends. / Mina and Mike weren't good friends. / Were Mina and Mike good friends? / they weren't

That rich man doesn't have three cars. / Does that rich man have three cars? / he doesn't / That rich man had three cars. / That rich man didn't have three cars. / Did that rich man have three cars? / he did

They don't have six classes a day. / Do they have six classes a day? / they don't / They had six classes a day. / They didn't have six classes a day. / Did they have six classes a day? / they did

He doesn't do his homework. / Does he do his homework? / he does / He did his homework. / He didn't do his homework. / Does he do his homework? / he didn't

They don't do their homework. / Do they do their homework? / they do / They did their homework. / They didn't do their homework. / Did they do their homework? / they didn't

Their dreams don't come true. / Do their dreams come true? / they don't / Their dreams came true. / Their dreams didn't come true. / Did their dreams come true? / they did

Sudong doesn't go to the movies. / Does Sudong go to the movies? / he doesn't / Sudong went to the movies. / Sudong didn't go to the movies. / Did Sudong go to the movies? / he did

Tom and Jane don't go to school together. / Do Tom and Jane go to school together? / they don't / Tom and Jane went to school together. / Tom and Jane didn't go to school together. / Did Tom and Jane go to school together? / they did

Insu doesn't play the violin. / Does Insu play the violin? / he does / Insu played the violin. / Insu didn't play the violin. / Did Insu play the violin? / he didn't

He doesn't get up at six. / Does he get up at six? / he does / He got up at six. / He didn't get up at six. / Did he get up at six? / he didn't

Mike doesn't drive a taxi. / Does Mike drive a taxi? / he does / Mike drove a taxi. / Mike didn't drive a taxi. / Did Mike drive a taxi? / he didn't

She doesn't study history very hard. / Does she study history very hard? / she does / She studied history very hard. / She didn't study history very hard. / Did she study history very hard? / she didn't

Ann doesn't wash her face. / Dies Ann wash her face? / she does / Ann washed her face. / Ann didn't wash her face. / Did Ann wash her face? / she didn't

Mr. Kim doesn't know my name. / Does Mr. Kim know my name? / he does / Mr. Kim knew my name. / Mr. Kim didn't know my name. / Did Mr. Kim know my name? / he didn't

A stranger doesn't stand in front of the door. / Does a stranger stand in front of the door? / he does / A stranger stood in front of the door. / A stranger didn't stand in front of the door. / Does a stranger stand in front of the door? / he didn't

They don't tell us an interesting story. / Do they tell us an interesting story? / they don't / They told us an interesting story. / They didn't tell us an interesting story. / Did they tell us an interesting story? / they did

The brave hunter doesn't catch a lion. / Does the brave hunter catch a lion? / he doesn't / The brave hunter caught a lion. / The brave hunter didn't catch a lion. / Did the brave hunter catch a lion? / he did

Her father doesn't write a letter to his son. / Does her father write a letter to his son? / he doesn't / Her father wrote a letter to his son. / Her father didn't write a letter to his son. / Did her father write a letter to his son? / he did

Lisa and Jane don't see stars at night. / Do Lisa and Jane see stars at night? / they don't / Lisa and Jane saw stars at night. / Lisa and Jane didn't see stars at night. / Did Lisa and Jane see stars at night? / they did

You don't draw her face on the paper. / Do you draw her face on the paper? / I don't / You drew her face on the paper. / You didn't draw her face on the paper. / Did you draw her face on the paper? / I did

My uncle doesn't cut a big tree. / Does my uncle cut a big tree? / he doesn't / My uncle cut a big tree. / My uncle didn't cut a big tree. / Did My uncle cut a big tree? / he did

It doesn't begin to rain. / Does it begin to rain? / it doesn't / It began to rain. / It didn't begin to rain. / Did it begin to rain? / it did

His aunt doesn't take poor children to her house. / Does his aunt take poor children to her house? / she doesn't / His aunt took poor children to her house. / His aunt didn't take poor children to her house. / Did his aunt take poor children to her house? / she did

My wife doesn't buy a dress for me. / Does my wife buy a dress for me? / she doesn't / My wife bought a dress for me. / My wife didn't buy a dress for me. / Did my wife buy a dress for me? / she did

Cathy doesn't leave her hometown for America. / Does Cathy leave her hometown for America? / she doesn't / Cathy left her hometown for America. / Cathy didn't leave her hometown for America. / Did Cathy leave her hometown for America? / she did

My little brother doesn't break a vase. / Does my little brother break a vase? / he doesn't / My little brother broke a vase. / My little brother didn't break a vase. / Did my little brother break a vase? / he did

We don't sing Christmas carols. / Do we sing Christmas carols? / you do / We sang Christmas carols. / We didn't sing Christmas carols. / Did we sing Christmas carols? / you did

Her brother doesn't eat curry and rice. / Does her brother eat curry and rice? / he does / Her brother ate curry and rice. / Her brother didn't eat curry and rice. / Did her brother eat curry and rice? / he did

She doesn't wear a funny hat. / Does she wear a funny hat? / she doesn't / She wore a funny hat. / She didn't wear a funny hat. / Did she wears a funny hat? / she did

Your grandfather doesn't grow plants in his room. / Does your grandfather grow plants in his room? / he doesn't / Your grandfather grew plants in his room. / Your grandfather didn't grow plants in his room. / Did your grandfather grow plants in his room? / he did

She doesn't lose a watch in the subway. / Does she lose a watch in the subway? / she doesn't / She lost a watch in the subway. / She didn't lose a watch in the subway. Did she lose a watch in the subway? / she did

Chinese don't sell very good silk. / Do Chinese sell very good silk? / they don't / Chinese sold very good silk. / Chinese didn't sell very good silk. / Did Chinese sell very good silk? / they did

You don't forget my name. / Do you forget my name? / I don't / You forgot my name. / You didn't forget my name. / Did you forget my name? / I did

The rabbit doesn't run fast. / Does the rabbit run fast? / it doesn't / The rabbit ran fast. / The rabbit didn't run fast. / Did the rabbit run fast? / it did

Harry doesn't meet Sally in the park. / Does Harry meet Sally in the park? / he doesn't / Harry met Sally in the park. / Harry didn't meet Sally in the park. / Did Harry meet Sally in the park? / he did

She doesn't find the post office. / Does she find the post office? / she doesn't / She found the post office. / She didn't find the post office. / Did she find the post office? / she did

Minho doesn't invite her girlfriend to his birthday party. / Does Minho invite her girlfriend to his birthday party? / he doesn't / Minho invited her girlfriend to his birthday party. / Minho didn't invite her girlfriend to his birthday party. / Did Minho invite her girlfriend to his birthday party? / he did

watch

jogs

cries

goes

went

went

speaks

teaches

close

cost

meets

washes

want

drink

listen

goes

open

closes

has

smokes

play

don't

like

know

don't

read

are

are

studies

grow

have

has

Does

him

them

her

has

have

has

is

was

play

helped

worked

are

were

had

stopped

was

were

doesn't

don't

don't

doesn't

don't

didn't

didn't

didn't

don't

doesn't

do

did

do

do

does

do

Do

doesn't

does

Do

don't

doesn't

don't

don't

doesn't

do

have

Do / don't

Do / do

Are / am

have

have

has

has

has

have

have

have

have

5

4

1

4

1

2

4

1

1

3

5

3

4

2

4

1

5

1

2

4

4

5

2

3

2

1

4

3

5

4

3

2

5

4

4

1

2

1

2

4

3

5

4

2

2

5

5

2

3

4

2

2

3

1

3

3

4

5

1

3

1

2

5

4

3

walks

ride

sings

teach

had

went

resembles

takes

rains

speak

know

have

learn

get

go

study

love

play

make

helps

teaches

drive

raises

has

reads

eats

drinks

listened

cleaned

played

called

came / visited / met / ate / liked

was / go / watched / had / throw

went / got / looked / arrived / stayed

likes / doesn't like

likes

doesn't like

likes

doesn't like

went

studied

played

met

did

wrote

saw

met

bought

did

went

No, she doesn't.

No, I don't.

goes / go / went

ⓒ-ⓘ-ⓐ-ⓔ-ⓗ-ⓑ-ⓓ-ⓖ-ⓕ

제 4 장 조동사 정답

can

may

can/may

must

must

must

has to

will

3

2

5

그는 지금 학교 가는 중이다.

그는 내일 서울에 갈 예정이다.

우리는 아버지의 유언을 따라야한다.

그녀는 아름다운 한국 옷을 입을 것이다.

미국에 어머니날은 5월 둘째 주 일요일이다.

내가 물을 마셔도 돼나요?

나는 항상 깡통을 재활용하다.

우리는 미국에서 많은 프랑스 식당을 볼 수 있다.

must

won't

need not

can

may

must

can

may

must

may(can)

5

3

They won't invite me at the party. / Will they invite me at the party? / the will

Mom isn't going to go shopping today. / Is Mom going to go shopping today? / she isn't

Tom can't run fast. / Can Tom run fast? / he can

Mary isn't able to speak Japanese. / Is Mary able to speak Japanese? / she is

She may not call me this afternoon. / May she call me this afternoon? / she may not

Tony doesn't have to go at once. / Must Tony go at once? / he must

We don't have to learn English. / Do we have to learn English? / you don't have to

She doesn't have to write a letter to him. / Does she have to write a letter to him? / she doesn't have to

4

3

2

1

2

1

2

5

5

2

4

1

3

2

1

3

2

1

3

5

2

4

2

3

4

3

5

4

2

3

1

2

5

2

4

1

3

3

5

4

3

5

4

can / Can / can't / can / Can / can

No, can

ski, can

can't

can't

can

can

ⓒ

ⓐ

ⓔ

ⓓ

ⓑ

2

3

4

1

ⓒ

ⓓ

ⓑ

ⓐ

1

3

2

4

will

will

will take a trip

will meet my friends

got, will get

was, will be

did, will do

They may come home late.

It may not be easy.

He may not go to school today.

Mike may be tired.

She may stay in Wonju.

A

G

A

G

A

A

A

G

G

A

G

G

A

G

G

G

A

G

A

G

must

must not

must

must

must not

must not

must

must not

must not

must

must

must

must not

must

must not

must

must

must not

must not

must

must not

must not

must not

must

must not

must

must not

must not

must

must not

3

5

7

4

1

2

6

He has to study hard.

Mike had to do his homework.

Does he have to buy a shirt for his brother?

She doesn't have to go out to buy some bread.

I didn't have to meet my friend.

have to

don't have to

have to

have to

have to

don't have to

am

going to

is going to

are going to

isn't going to

Will

won't

able to

is able to

can

Are, able to

may

Can

have to

has to

need not

Do, have, to

should not, Don't

can→can

drives→drive

wills→will

gets→get

Will do you→Will you do

is→be

going help→going to help

to go→go

may→mays

goes→go

to do→do

have to→must

must→have to(또는 Do you must sleep→Must you sleep)

don't have to→ must not

has→had

2

1

3

4

제 5 장 빈도부사, 재귀대명사, 부정대명사 정답

3

He is always not honest.

John always makes fun of us.

He usually comes home late in the evening.

I usually sleep for about 8 hours every night.

She often tells us funny stories.

They are often late for school.

She can't often sleep well.

Sometimes we play computer games together. (또는 We sometimes play computer games together.

I sometimes made mistakes.

The lion is sometimes called the king of the beasts.

I never break my promise.

It will never happen again.

Tony is seldom late for school.

2

1

1

5

4

2

always

often

never

No / Yes / Yes / Yes / No / Yes / No / Yes

정답생략

정답생략

정답생략

정답생략

4

3

1

3

5

4

2

정답생략

5

myself

himself

ourselves

herself

themselves

yourself

himself

by myself

for myself

2

3

3

3

1

4

2

자살했다.

편히 지내세요

몸조심하세요. (잘 가.)

너 자신을 알라.

많이 드세요.

너는 파티에서 즐거운 시간을 보냈니?

Tom은 최선을 다할 것이라고 혼자 중얼거렸다.

나는 거기에 혼자 갔다.

나는 혼자 산다. 나는 혼자 힘으로 요리한다.(자취한다)

1

5

1

2

1

1

5

a pen

my pen

It

one

They

ones

one

it

one

some

any

some

some

any

some

any

any

some

any

Some

any

some

any

some

any

some

any

some

some

some

any

another

One / the other

One / another / the other

1

3

4

제 6 장 비인칭주어(It), 유도부사(There) 정답

1

3

1

5

4

2

5

3

It's sunny.

It's cloudy.

It's snowy.

It's rainy.

3

1

2

맑음→구름 끼고 바람 붐→비 옴

3

warm / hot / cool / cold

is

are

was

were

an umbrella

Are

were

were

were

are

are

is

are

is

are

is

is

are

is

is

is

are

are

is

is

are

is

was

was

weren't

are

Are

is

are

are

Is

is

is / There isn't a picture on the wall. / is / Is there a picture on the wall? / there is

are / There aren't many books on the desk. / Are there many books on the desk? / there aren't

is / There isn't much snow in winter. / Is there much snow in winter? / there is

are / There aren't also apples in the basket. / Are there also apples in the basket? / are

is / There isn't a computer on the desk. / Is there a computer on the desk? / there isn't

is / There isn't much rain in summer. / Is there much rain in summer? / there isn't

is / There isn't a map on the wall. / Is there a map on the wall? / there is

are / There aren't any letters for her. / Are there any letters for her? / there are

are / There aren't a few banks in Wonju. / Are there a few banks in Wonju? / there aren't

4

2

5

1

3

2

1

4

5

2

2

5

a big supermarket

(the) snack bar

our school

are / is / is

on / under / on

dog / cat / mice

is a dog / is a cat / are two mice

has

have

There

It

It

sixty

twenty-four

seven

twelve

four

has many beautiful parks

have any special foods for Chuseok?

any good books about it?

제 7 장 명령문, 감탄문 정답

1

5

1

3

7

6

2

4

come

Don't

don't

be

Be

Don't

not

Go home now.

Please be quiet.

Mina, open the door.

Don't be angry.

Don't tell me about it.

Don't make a noise.

Mike, don't open the window.

Please don't be angry.

Let's go to the movies tonight.

Don't let's cross the street here. (또는 Let's not cross the street here.)

Stand

please don't

Don't be

Be kind

Don't

Let's

Let's not

Tom helps her.

Tom doesn't help her.

Tom, help her.

Tom, please help her.

Tom, let's help her.

Tom, don't help her.

Tom, don't be late for class.

Open your book.

Please stand up. (또는 Stand up, please.)

Do not be late again.

do

make

watch

eat

wake

Close

Sit

Hurry

Clean

2

3

1

Let's not

Let's

Let's not

Let's

Let's not

Let's

Let's

Let's not

Let's

Let's not

Let's not

Let's not

Let's not

Let's not

Let's

Let's not

Let's not

Let's not

Let's

6

4

3

1

5

2

3

1

4

2

1

4

2

3

5

8

6

7

Let's play tennis. / No, let's not play tennis. I'm busy.

Let's go swimming. No, let's not go swimming. I'm sick.

Let's play soccer. / No, let's not play soccer. I'm sleepy.

Let's go to the park. / No, let's not go to the park. I'm hungry.

Don't (Never)

not

Please

Turn

Go

Don't

run

swim

2

4

2

3

4

4

3

5

1

4

5

2

3

1

3

5

tall / kind / fast / pretty / happy / old

girl / friend / player / nice

is / are / run

How

What

What

How

What

How

What

How

How

What

4

1

2

smart Mary is

kind the boy is

interesting my first trip was

a pretty doll it is

is very beautiful

How tall you are!

What a tall boy you are!

How good this book is!

What a beautiful lady she is!

This car is very nice.

What a big head he has!

What big cats these are!

How fast he runs!

What colorful pants she wears!

What a good time we had!

He is a very nice player.

I'm very happy.

They are very short legs.

The world is very wonderful.

He has a very great son.

1

3

2

4

old this car is! / an old car this is!

nice these presents are! / nice presents these are!

beautiful this flower is! / a beautiful flower this is!

is the girl→the girl is

What→What a

How→What

What→How

What an interesting game it is!

What a big house it is!

How kind she is!

How long the movie is!

2

3

4

1

1

3

제 8 장 접속사, 전치사 정답

so

but

and

because

or

and

that

but

so

when

because

or

so

that

and

or

When

that

but

and

and

When

that

or

because

But

and

or

that

When

because

so

and

but

So

but

and

but

because

So

But

When

so

But

but

and

but

and

but

but

and

but

but

and

But

But

and

and

but

and

but

but

but

but

and

but

and

but

but

and

and

but

but

but

and

and / but

so

because

because

so

because

so

because

so

because

because

so

because

so

because

because

so

because

2

1

3

4

In-ho can't open the window because it's cold outside.

In-ho can't swim there because it's dangerous.

I think that it will rain soon

I remember that I met her at the party

I hope that our team will win the game

Do you think she is beautiful?

I think he is kind.

I don't think he will come.

1

5

3

1

2

1

3

2

4

4

2

1

3

3

4

2

1

When

because

that

When

so

after

that

if

from

in

on

at

in

at

at

on

in

in

in

on

to

at / at

at

on

in

to / on

on / by

on(in)

in / in

in / for

in / at

at

at / by

with

in

with

in

at

at

in

in

in

on

in

on

in / on / of

in

in

on

in

on

in

in

in

in

at

in

by

on

for

During

in

for

in / at

in

at

on

at

in

at

at

at

on

at

on

on

in

in

by

by

by / on

by

at

on / in

in

for

in

On / in

in / in

in / in

in

at

on

for

in

at / in / on

in

on

at

on

at

at

on

In

on

On

At / in

At

in

on / in

from

on

to

on

on

On

on

at

in

in

in

on

in

for

On

after

before

before

after

at / in / on

in / at / on

of

of

to

in

to

at

of

of

over / on

on

at

in

in

against

for

of

of / at

in

from

to

from

for

On

By

from

about

about

for

In / for

with

for / with

with

to

of

for

to

of

at

With

in

with

of

for

of

from

for

for

at

about

of

of / at

at

from

from

for

for

at

after

like

playing

him

in

on

to

in

under

on

on

under

in

on

next

in

under

on

in

B, E

A

A, C

D, E

C

under

in

on

on

on

to

on, under, on

on, under, dog

dog, cat, on

under, on, chair

2

4

3

5

제 9 장 의문사, 부가의문문, 부정의문문 정답

What

Who

How

What

Which

When

Where

Whose

Why

What

What

How

What

When

What

What

Where

Why

Which

What

How

Who

What

When

Who

What

Why

What

Where

How

Who

What

Why

When

Which

What

Who

Whose

How

Why

What

What

What

Why

Where

When

Who

When

Which

How

When

What

Where

What

Whose

When

Who

Where

What

Who

How

Which

What

Where

When

Who

Where

What

What

Whose

How

Why

What

What

Where

When

Where

Who

Which

Where

What

How

Who

What

Where

What

When

What

What

Whose

Where

Why

Who

What

Where

Who

How

When

What

Where

2

3

3

2

1

2

2

2

3

3

1

1

3

3

2

3

1

3

1

2

2

2

3

2

3

2

2

3

1

4

1

6

3

2

5

4

1

3

2

3

2

4

1

How

How many

How much

How tall

How

How long

How long

How far

How old

How often

At nine thirty a.m.

At one thirty p.m.

At seven thirty p.m.

At two and eight p.m.

At one p.m.

At six p.m.

1

4

2

3

5

5

4

4

5

5

2

2

1

2

5

3

3

1

4

2

4

1

3

5

2

1

4

4

3

1

2

3

5

1

4

2

3

1

2

4

5

4

2

3

1

5

1

2

2

4

4

2

5

1

3

What

When

What

How

come

How / How / What / Where / When / What / How / Which / What / Who / Why

ⓓ

ⓑ

ⓘ

ⓚ

ⓕ

ⓛ

ⓙ

ⓐ

ⓒ

ⓜ

ⓔ

ⓗ

ⓖ

she

isn't

don't

doesn't

does

isn't

doesn't

aren't

does

shall

do

isn't

will

aren't you / I am

is she / she is

will they / they won't

can't she / she can't

doesn't he / he does

doesn't she / she doesn't

won't he / he will

will you / I will

can't she / she can't

isn't he / he is

will you / I will

doesn't she / she does

didn't it / it didn't

will you / I won't

doesn't he / he does

didn't he / he did

will you / we will

shall we / let's not

don't they / they do

didn't she / she did

wasn't she / she was

did he / he didn't

were you / I wasn't

can he / he can't

will you / I will

is it / It isn't

wasn't there / there was

ⓒ

ⓐ

ⓓ

ⓕ

ⓖ

ⓑ

ⓔ

ⓗ

ⓗ

ⓓ

ⓚ

ⓘ

ⓒ

ⓙ

ⓐ

ⓖ

ⓑ

ⓕ

ⓔ

3

1

7

8

9

4

6

5

2

You like movies, don't you?

You are a good singer, aren't you? (You aren't a good singer, are you?)

Minho can dance very well, can't he? (Minho can't dance very well, can he?)

You did your homework, didn't you?

Isn't it / Yes, it is

does he / Yes, he does

didn't he / No, he didn't

3

3

1

5

4

1

3

4

2

4

1

2

5

3

1

2

5

4

3

1

2

1

4

4

5

2

1

1

4

3

2

5

do, don't

Yes, I do

Yes

No

No

did

No, I don't

Yes, I do.

I want to go to a mountain

I'm not going to see a movie

I'm a student

I didn't have lunch.

Don't you play the piano? - Yes, I do.

Aren't you from America? - Yes, I am.

Doesn't she like ice cream? - No, she doesn't.

5

4

2

4

1

3

3

제 10 장 현재진행형, 과거진행형, 현재완료 정답

being

being

being

arriving

beginning

bringing

calling

cleaning

coming

crying

cutting

dancing

dying

doing

driving

dropping

eating

flying

getting

going

having

hearing

hitting

jogging

keeping

leaving

living

making

meeting

moving

riding

ringing

running

singing

sleeping

stopping

studying

swimming

taking

walking

winning

writing

He is studying English. / He isn't studying English. / Is he studying English? / he is / He was studying English. / He wasn't studying English. / Was he studying English? / he wasn't

She is running after her dog. / She isn't running after her dog. / Is she running after her dog? / she isn't / She was running after her dog. / She wasn't running after her dog. / Was she running after her dog? / she was

His mother is helping many poor people. / His mother isn't helping many poor people. / Is his mother helping many poor people? / she is / His mother was helping many poor people. / His mother wasn't helping many poor people. / Was his mother helping many poor people? / she was

Her brothers are waiting for a bus. / Her brothers aren't waiting for a bus. / Are her brothers waiting for a bus? / they are / Her brothers were waiting for a bus. / Were her brothers waiting for a bus ? / they weren't

You are reading a newspaper. / You aren't reading a newspaper. / Are you reading a newspaper? / I am / You were reading a newspaper. / You weren't reading a newspaper. / Were you reading a newspaper? / I wasn't

They are making some cookies for us. / They aren't making some cookies for us. / Are they making some cookies for us? / they aren't / They were making some cookies for us. / They weren't making some cookies for us. / Were they making some cookies for us? / they were

Their friends are doing their homework. / Their friends aren't doing their homework. / Are their friends doing their homework? / they aren't / Their friends were doing their homework. / Their friends weren't doing their homework. / Were their friends doing their homework? / they were

What are you doing on Sunday? / What were you doing on Sunday?

What is Tony doing on Sunday? / What was Tony doing on Sunday?

was

cleaning

were

am

listening

wasn't

looking

was sleeping

like

has

are having

was

is

running

were

was

were

were

She is exercising and taking a shower.

She is having breakfast.

She is going to school.

She is studying at school.

She is playing with friends.

She is having dinner.

She is doing homework.

She is watching TV.

She was exercising and taking a shower.

She was having breakfast.

She was going to school.

She was studying at school.

She was playing with friends.

She was having dinner.

She was doing homework.

She was watching TV.

studies

studied

is studying

was studying

go

went

is going

was going

Mother is making cookies.

I am studying English.

They were playing baseball.

Mike was working in the garden.

They aren't swimming in the sea.

I wasn't looking for a book.

Is Sora listening to the radio?

Were Sora and Inho watching TV?

What were you doing last night?

What is Mike doing after school?

went

am reading

will visit (am going to visit)

was watching

is listening

doing / cutting

studying

does

is

was

did

was wearing / was cleaning / is wearing / is talking

walking / did / studying / didn't

is eating

are watching

are playing

I was eating lunch.

She was listening to the radio.

He was going shopping with Mom.

was talking

was watching

was cleaning

was reading

Are you washing the dishes?

Were they doing their homeworks?

Was he watching TV?

listen→listening

not is→is not

Do→Are

makeing→making

looking→is looking

is having→has

are→were

They are playing football on the playground.

I am looking for a book.

Where Peter is sleeping?

Were they doing their homeworks?

He was not watching TV.

4

3

3

1

1

5

5

5

2

4

3

2

1

3

4

2

5

been

been

been

become

begun

broken

brought

built

bought

carried

caught

chosen

come

cried

cut

done

drawn

drunk

driven

eaten

enjoyed

fallen

felt

fought

found

forgotten

gotten

given

gone

grown

had

heard

hidden

hit

held

kept

known

lent

left

let

lost

lived

made

meant

met

moved

played

put

ridden

rung

run

said

saw

sold

sent

sung

sat

slept

spoken

spent

stood

swum

taken

taught

told

worn

won

worked

worried

written

2

1

5

5

1

5

4

5

3

2

4

3

2

3

3

1

has written

has cleaned

have cooked

2

2

4

is→been 계속

never have→have never 경험

hasn't seen→didn't see

finish→finished 완료

have be→have been 경험

You have→She has(He has, They have) 결과

since→for 계속

came→come 완료

has been→was

didn't see→haven't seen 계속

has finished→finished

did→have 계속

have gone→have been 경험

have lost→lost 결과

for→since 계속

They haven't lived here for six years.

The train hasn't started.

Has he gone to England? / No, he hasn't.

Have you painted the fence? - Yes, I have.

How long have you been married?

2

4

2

제 11 장 기수, 서수, 요일, 달, 시각 정답

정답 생략

season

month

number

ten

hundred

thousand

ten thousand

one hundred thousand

million

billion

seven

twelve

sixty

four

fifth

sixth

first

spring / summer / fall / winter

ⓒ

ⓑ

ⓐ

ⓓ

정답 예) nine / two

정답 예) thirteen / six

정답 예) eleven / four

정답 예) seventeen / ten

정답 예) fifty / thirty

정답 예) seventy / ten

정답 예) eighty / thirty

정답 예) fifty / sixty

second / third / fifth

eighth / ninth / twelfth

nineteenth / twentieth

fortieth / fiftieth / seventieth

change 거스름 돈

order 주문하다

clerk 점원

5

3

4

2

5

5

2

5

3

4

4

4

4

1

2

3

3

5

4

1

3

5

1

4

5

It's two thirteen. / It's thirteen past two.

It's three twenty-five. / It's twenty-five past three.

It's five thirty-six. / It's thirty-six past five.

It's six forty-one. / It's forty-one past six.

It's nine fifty-four. / It's six to ten.

It's ten fifty-nine. / It's one to eleven.

It's eleven one. / It's one past eleven.

It's twelve nine. / It's nine past twelve.

It's one twenty-two. / It's twenty-two past one.

It's ten thirty-nine. / It's twenty-one to eleven.

It's nine forty-eight. / It's twelve to ten.

It's seven fifty-five. / It's five to eight.

It's six six. / It's six past six.

It's five fourteen. / It's fourteen past five.

It's four twenty-one. / It's twenty-one past four.

It's three thirty-three. / It's thirty-three past three.

It's two forty-one. / It's forty-one past two.

It's one fifty-three. / It's seven to two.

It's two six. / It's six past two.

It's three nineteen. / It's nineteen past three.

It's four twenty-eight. / It's twenty-eight past four.

It's five thirty-five. / It's thirty-five past five.

It's six forty-six. / It's forty-six past six.

It's seven fifty-seven. / It's three to eight.

It's seven forty-five. / It's a quarter to(before) eight. = It's fifteen to(before) eight. = It's forty-five past(after) seven.

It's eight ten. / It's ten past(after) eight.

It's four thirty. / It's half past(after) four. = It's thirty past(after) four. = It's half to(before) five.

It's two fifteen. / It's a quarter past(after) two. = It's fifteen past(after) two.

3

3

2

2

4

2

2

3

2

1

noon

midnight

after(past)

one

quarter

spring

winter

summer

spring

Spring

winter

fall

summer

spring

Winter

summer

fall

winter

summer

winter

Tuesday

Sunday

Thursday

Wednesday

Saturday

Saturday

Wednesday

Friday

November

May

January

October

June

August

December

January

May

time

date

day

month

June (the) fifth (June five)

September (the) ninth (September nine)

13th

spring

ⓓ

ⓒ

ⓐ

ⓔ

ⓑ

5

3

2

4

3

3

1

5

2

5

3

3

3

4

3

5

3

4

2

5

3

It's June.

It's Thursday.

It was Wednesday

It was Tuesday.

Saturday

Thursday

sixth

정답 생략

정답 생략

3 plus 4 equals 7. = Three and four is seven.

5 plus 8 equals 13. = Five and eight equals thirteen.

6 minus 2 equals 4. = Two from six is four.

11 minus 8 equals 3. = Eight from eleven is three.

4 times 5 equals 20. = Four fifths are twenty.

7 times 2 equals 14. = Seven twos are fourteen.

10 divided by 5 equals 2. = Five into ten goes two times.

18 divided by 3 equals 6. = Three into eighteen goes six times.

5

제 12 장 수여동사, 사역동사 정답

to

for

of

The doctor may give some medicine to you.

He made a box for me.

Mr. Smith teaches English to us.

She bought an expensive car for him.

Father sent my mother a birthday card.

Can you tell a story to us?

The students asked some questions of me.

Will you lend me a pen?

Grandma told me a story.

He showed some pictures to me.

Mother made her a new dress.

Will you found a good one for me?

She cooked her husband a good meal.

She writes him a letter every week.

Please get some water for me.

TV gives us a lot of pleasure.

her an album

Nick my car

a CD player for me

a birthday present to him

Mina a new house

buy a watch for him

made me a beautiful dress

a plan for my family

1

send

send

to send

send(to send)

send

Let him carry the bag.

Let her find his glasses.

Let Mike do the work.

makes me miss my grandmother

make me think of my childhood

makes me miss my hometown

study

helps / clean

helps / me / wash

to make

help

paint

1

1

3

1(2)

2

1

2

1

5

2

5

2

3

1

4

4

2

제 13 장 비교급, 최상급 정답

smaller / smallest

larger / largest

busier / busiest

bigger / biggest

better / best

more / most

easier / easiest

better / best

hotter / hottest

more / most

less / least

worse / worst

more useful / most useful

more popular / most popular

more interesting / most interesting

happier / happiest

colder

taller

higher

bigger

shorter

longer

more difficult

more beautiful

more fantastic

more

more famous

better

more expensive

smaller

busier

most popular

most difficult

biggest

best

heaviest

stronger

highest

largest

most famous

A

C

smallest

A

C

biggest

older

easier

prettier

taller

faster

bigger

kinder

very

very

much

very

much

much

very / very / much / very / much / much / very

earlier

larger

oldest

taller

shorter

tallest

shortest

Tom, John

bigger

Bill's

better

more interesting

earlier

smaller

slower

older

easier

larger

9 / 2

shorter / shorter

darker and darker

cooler and cooler

hotter and hotter

more and more difficult

better and better

well / better

tennis / Badminton

Seoraksan / Jirisan / Jirisan is higher than Seoraksan

Which country is large / China or Canada? / Canada is larger than China.

Ben > John > Jim

twenty-one

seventeen

eighteen

15

15

13

16

the highest

higher than

여왕벌 / 수벌 / 일벌 (또는 The queen (bee) / male bees / worker bees)

one

cities

busiest

boys

one of my friends

the most beautiful

best

most beautiful

saddest

fastest

most famous

one of the longest rivers

one of the most interesting books

one of the best teachers in our school

3

2

5

4

4

1

5

5

4

5

2

3

3

3

2

3

4

3

3

5

제 14 장 부정사, 동명사 정답

buy→to buy

bought→to buy

buying→buy

buys→to buy

buys→buy

5

to see stars

to play football

to wear a cap

to go fishing

ⓑ

ⓒ

ⓐ

ⓓ

ⓒ

ⓐ

ⓑ

ⓓ

wants to swim, he doesn't want to play baseball

wants to play baseball, he doesn't want to play baseball

ⓑ

ⓒ

ⓐ

ⓓ

1

4

5

3

2

to take

to catch

to meet

to play computer games

to go shopping with me

to catch the bus

to buy some fruits.

I want a book to read.

My hometown is a good place to visit.

ⓑ

ⓐ

ⓒ

loves to play

wanted to eat

like to drink

something to drink

many things to buy

nothing important to do

Sandy likes to drive on Sundays.

I like to have a sandwich for lunch.

Tom likes to watch baseball games on TV.

playing

want

want

like

to

helping

Playing

speaking

정답 예) I want to go skating with my friends.

정답 예) I want to study English hard.

정답 예) I want to have a party with my friends.

정답 예) I want to go shopping.

reading books

playing the piano

making model airplanes

cleaning my room

listening to music

R(r)iding

C(c)ooking

P(p)laying

T(t)aking

Getting

writing

Playing

teaching

making

Singing (또는 To sing)

to see

doing

to make

running

to do

to write

smoking

sleeping

playing

to go

closing

to skate

to plant

calling

to drink

swimming

to buy

helping

finishing

to get

making

doing

to take

talking

smoking

나의 꿈은 가수가 되는 것이다. (명사)

그녀는 파티에 가는 것을 좋아한다. (명사)

그는 샤워하기를 원한다. (명사)

나는 할 말이 없다. (형용사)

그녀는 나와 결혼하기를 결심했다. (명사)

엄마는 음식을 사러 상점에 갔다. (부사)

나는 너를 다시 만나기를 희망한다. (명사)

그는 시험에 통과하기 위해 열심히 공부했다. (부사)

Tony는 TV보기를 좋아한다. (명사)

경주는 방문할만한 좋은 곳이다. (형용사)

나의 동생은 나와 놀기 위해 집에 일찍 왔다. (부사)

나는 읽을 책을 원한다. (형용사)

나는 책을 읽기를 원한다. (명사)

나는 편지를 붙이기 위해 나갔다. (부사)

그는 마실 것을 원한다. (형용사)

바다에서 고기 잡는 것은 쉽지 않다. (명사)

그는 아이들과 놀기를 잘한다. (목적어)

사랑은 주는 것이다. (보어)

피아노 피는 것은 재미있다. (주어)

Alex는 비속에서 걷기를 싫어한다. (목적어)

너는 책 읽는 것을 마쳤니? (목적어)

나는 수학 공부하는 것을 좋아하지 않는다. (목적어)

보는 것이 믿는 것이다. (주어 / 보어)

우리는 낚시를 즐겼다. (목적어)

나의 삼촌은 담배 피는 것을 그만 두었다. (목적어)

goes→to go

to watch→watching

to snowing→to snow(또는 snowing)

is→to be

going→to go

to do→doing

to close→closing

bought→buy

come→coming

visit→visiting

swiming→swimming / skateing→skating

4

2

4

3

3

3

2

4

5

제 15 장 수동태 정답

능동태

수동태

주어

과거분사

목적격

her

the telephone

English

She

them

was taken

1

3

3

1

4

3

built

washed

broken

painted

cleaned

spoken

held

sent

hit

destroyed

was cleaned

were written by

loved the singer

gave me a new name

wrote this letter

call him 'Happy Dog'

was written by Shakespeare

sang 'Let it be'

is washed by him every day

was built in 1894

was called 'hot dog'

was used in Korea

is called 'Game King'

they are

was built

was painted by

was written by

was made by

was discovered by

She was refused because she was black.

They didn't allow us to work together.

He wasn't allowed to watch TV.

He didn't write the novel.

The novel won't be written by him.

English is spoken in Canada (by them).

He isn't loved by her.

He was thought honest by me.

Worker bees make honey.

The walls are painted by Tom

The first World Cup was held in 1930 in Uruguay.

A Frenchman made the Statue of Liberty.

The printing press was invented by Gutenberg.

"The Christmas Present" was written by O. Henry.

The Mona Lisa was painted by Leonardo da Vinci.

Rome and Juliet was written by Shakespeare.

Hangeul was created by King Sejong.

Telephone was invented by Alexander Graham Bell.

4

5